1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 #include "safe-ctype.h"
28 #include "libiberty.h"
30 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
31 #include "plugin-api.h"
42 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
43 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
45 struct elf_info_failed
47 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
51 /* This structure is used to pass information to
52 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
54 struct elf_find_verdep_info
56 /* General link information. */
57 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
58 /* The number of dependencies. */
60 /* Whether we had a failure. */
64 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
65 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
68 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
69 unsigned long r_symndx
,
72 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
73 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
75 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
77 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
79 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
80 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
81 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
83 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
84 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
85 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
86 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
92 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
93 but it could be a relocation against a local
94 symbol for a discarded section. */
96 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
98 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
99 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
100 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
102 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
108 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
110 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
111 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
112 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
116 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
117 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
118 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
120 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
123 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
124 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
125 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
126 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
127 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
133 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
134 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
135 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
138 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
139 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
142 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
143 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
144 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
145 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
147 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
152 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
156 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
157 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
158 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
160 /* This function may be called more than once. */
161 if (htab
->sgot
!= NULL
)
164 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
166 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
167 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
168 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
169 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
172 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
176 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
178 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
182 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
184 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
186 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
191 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
192 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
194 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
196 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
197 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
198 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
199 a global offset table. */
200 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
201 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
202 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
210 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
212 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
214 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
216 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
217 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
219 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
220 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
221 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
222 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
223 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
227 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
229 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0
230 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
231 && elf_object_id (ibfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (hash_table
)
232 && !((s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
233 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
))
239 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
242 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
244 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
245 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
251 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
252 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
253 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
254 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
255 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
256 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
259 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
263 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
264 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
266 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
269 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
272 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
275 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
276 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
278 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
280 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
281 shared library does not. */
282 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
284 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
285 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
290 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
291 if they are not needed. */
292 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
293 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
295 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
298 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
299 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
301 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 1))
304 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
305 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
307 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
310 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
311 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
313 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
315 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
317 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
318 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
322 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
324 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
327 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
328 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
329 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
330 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
331 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
332 to decide how to initialize the process. */
333 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
334 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
340 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
341 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
343 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
345 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
348 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
&& bed
->record_xhash_symbol
== NULL
)
350 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
351 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
353 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
355 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
356 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
357 variable count of 32-bit words. */
358 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
359 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
361 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
364 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
365 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
366 the .got and .plt sections. */
367 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
368 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
371 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
376 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
379 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
381 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
382 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
384 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
385 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
387 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
388 .rel[a].bss sections. */
389 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
392 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
393 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
394 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
395 to read in from the object file. */
396 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
398 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
399 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
400 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
402 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
404 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
408 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
410 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
412 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
413 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
414 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
419 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
420 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
421 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
422 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
424 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
428 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
431 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
433 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
434 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
435 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
436 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
437 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
438 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
439 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
440 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
445 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
447 /* Similarly, but for symbols that were originally in read-only
448 sections. This section doesn't really need to have contents,
449 but make it like other .data.rel.ro sections. */
450 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".data.rel.ro",
457 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
458 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
459 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
460 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
461 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
462 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
463 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
464 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
465 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
466 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
468 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
470 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
471 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
472 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
473 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
475 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
479 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
481 s
= (bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
482 (abfd
, (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
483 ? ".rela.data.rel.ro" : ".rel.data.rel.ro"),
484 flags
| SEC_READONLY
));
486 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
488 htab
->sreldynrelro
= s
;
496 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
497 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
498 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
499 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
500 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
501 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
505 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
506 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
508 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
510 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
515 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
516 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
518 /* An IR symbol should not be made dynamic. */
519 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
520 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
521 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
525 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
526 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
527 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
528 this would not be necessary. */
529 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
533 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
534 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
537 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
545 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
546 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
548 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
551 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
552 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
557 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
559 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
560 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
562 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
563 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
564 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
565 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
566 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
569 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
574 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
576 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
582 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
585 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
586 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
587 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
589 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
591 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
592 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
595 if ((info
->dynamic_data
596 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
597 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
599 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
600 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
603 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
606 /* NB: If a symbol is made dynamic by --dynamic-list, it has
608 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= 1;
612 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
613 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
616 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
617 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
622 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
623 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
624 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
626 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
629 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
630 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
634 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
635 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
637 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
639 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
640 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
643 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
644 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
646 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
650 /* Symbols defined in a linker script but not referenced anywhere
651 else will have non_elf set. */
654 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
658 switch (h
->root
.type
)
660 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
661 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
662 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
664 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
665 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
666 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
667 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
668 may depend on this. */
669 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
670 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
671 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
673 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
675 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
676 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
677 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
678 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
680 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
681 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
682 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
683 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
685 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
686 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
687 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
688 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
695 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
696 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
697 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
698 force the correct value. */
702 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
704 /* If this symbol is currently defined by a dynamic object, but not
705 by a regular object, then clear out any version information because
706 the symbol will not be associated with the dynamic object any
708 if (h
->def_dynamic
&& !h
->def_regular
)
709 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
711 /* Make sure this symbol is not garbage collected. */
718 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
719 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
720 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
721 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
724 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
726 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
728 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
729 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
734 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
735 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
739 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
742 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
743 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
744 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
747 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
749 if (def
->dynindx
== -1
750 && !bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, def
))
758 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
759 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
760 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
763 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
768 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
769 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
770 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
773 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
774 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
776 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
779 /* See if the entry exists already. */
780 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
781 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
784 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
785 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
789 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
790 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
791 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
793 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
797 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
798 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
802 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
803 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
805 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
806 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
807 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
812 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
813 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
814 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
816 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
819 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
820 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
825 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
826 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
828 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
830 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
832 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
833 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
834 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
835 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
838 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
840 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
842 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
847 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
850 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
854 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
856 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
857 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
862 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
863 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
864 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
867 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
870 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
875 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
876 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
882 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
883 STB_LOCAL binding. */
886 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
889 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
891 if (!h
->forced_local
)
894 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
895 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
900 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
901 omitted when creating a shared library. */
903 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
904 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
907 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
910 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
914 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
915 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
917 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
918 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
919 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
921 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
922 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
923 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
925 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
926 against any other section. */
933 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_all
934 (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
935 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
936 asection
*p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
941 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
942 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
943 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
944 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
945 symbols. If SECTION_SYM_COUNT is NULL, section dynindx is not set.
946 (This prevents the early call before elf_backend_init_index_section
947 and strip_excluded_output_sections setting dynindx for sections
948 that are stripped.) */
951 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
952 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
953 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
955 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
956 bfd_boolean do_sec
= section_sym_count
!= NULL
;
958 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
959 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
961 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
963 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
964 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
965 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
966 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_relocs
967 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
971 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= dynsymcount
;
974 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
977 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
979 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
980 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
983 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
985 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
986 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
987 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
989 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
991 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
992 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
995 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
996 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
997 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
1001 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
1005 /* Merge st_other field. */
1008 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1009 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
1010 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
1012 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1014 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
1015 code might be needed here. */
1016 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
1017 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
1022 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
1023 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
1025 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
1026 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
1027 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
1028 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
1031 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1032 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1033 h
->protected_def
= 1;
1036 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
1037 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
1038 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
1039 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
1040 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
1041 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
1042 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
1043 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
1044 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
1045 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
1046 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
1047 type or size does change. */
1050 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1051 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1053 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1056 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
1058 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
1059 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
1061 bfd_boolean
*override
,
1062 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
1063 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
1064 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
1066 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
1067 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1068 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1069 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
1072 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
1073 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
1074 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1076 bfd_boolean default_sym
= *matched
;
1082 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1084 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1085 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1087 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1088 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1093 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1095 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1096 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1098 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1099 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1102 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1104 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1105 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1107 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1110 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1114 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1119 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1120 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1122 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1123 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1124 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1128 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1132 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1133 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1134 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1135 the same symbol version. */
1136 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1137 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1138 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1139 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1144 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1148 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1149 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1154 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1155 have the same symbol version. */
1156 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1157 || (old_version
!= NULL
1158 && new_version
!= NULL
1159 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1164 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1169 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1174 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1175 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1176 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1179 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1180 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1181 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1182 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1185 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1186 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1187 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1189 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1192 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1195 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1196 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1197 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1198 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1200 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1202 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1203 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1205 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1207 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1208 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1210 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1212 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1213 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1214 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1215 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1216 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1217 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1218 reference to the executable symbol. */
1221 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1223 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1225 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1226 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1231 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1234 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1238 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1239 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1240 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1242 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1248 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1249 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1250 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1251 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1252 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1253 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1255 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1256 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1257 || !h
->def_regular
))
1262 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1263 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1265 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1266 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1267 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1270 /* Handle a case where plugin_notice won't be called and thus won't
1271 set the non_ir_ref flags on the first pass over symbols. */
1273 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
)
1274 && newdyn
!= olddyn
)
1276 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1277 hi
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1280 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1281 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1283 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1285 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1286 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1287 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1289 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1290 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1292 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1293 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1295 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1296 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1298 if (!(newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1299 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1300 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1301 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1302 && (newdef
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1303 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
1305 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from
1306 a dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if
1307 there is an existing regular definition with a different
1308 type. We don't want, for example, a "time" variable in the
1309 executable overriding a "time" function in a shared library. */
1317 /* When adding a symbol from a regular object file after we have
1318 created indirect symbols, undo the indirection and any
1325 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1326 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1330 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1332 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1333 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1337 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1338 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1344 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1345 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1346 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1348 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1349 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1350 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1351 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1354 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1355 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1357 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1378 /* xgettext:c-format */
1379 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1380 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1381 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1382 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1384 /* xgettext:c-format */
1385 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1386 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1387 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
);
1390 /* xgettext:c-format */
1391 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1392 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1393 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
);
1396 /* xgettext:c-format */
1397 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1398 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1399 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1401 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1405 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1406 definition from a dynamic object. */
1408 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1409 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1412 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1414 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1415 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1416 recorded as dynamic.
1418 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1419 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1420 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1425 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1428 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1429 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1430 object, we remove the old definition. */
1431 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1433 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1434 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1435 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1436 was referenced before. */
1439 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1440 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1441 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1443 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1444 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1446 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1447 any dynamic link state. */
1448 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1449 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1456 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1466 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1467 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1468 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1469 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1470 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1471 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1472 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1473 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1475 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1476 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1480 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1481 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1484 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1486 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1487 any dynamic link state. */
1488 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1489 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1495 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1501 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1502 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1503 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1504 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1505 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1506 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1507 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1509 Also allow a weak symbol to override a linker script symbol
1510 defined by an early pass over the script. This is done so the
1511 linker knows the symbol is defined in an object file, for the
1512 DEFINED script function.
1514 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1515 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1517 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& (olddyn
|| h
->root
.ldscript_def
))
1519 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1522 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1523 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1524 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1526 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1527 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1528 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1533 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1534 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1536 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1537 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1540 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1541 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1543 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1544 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1545 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1546 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1547 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1548 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1549 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1550 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1551 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1552 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1553 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1556 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1557 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1559 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1560 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1561 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1562 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1563 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1569 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1570 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1573 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1575 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1579 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1581 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1582 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1585 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1587 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1589 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1590 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1591 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1593 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1598 /* There are multiple definitions of a normal symbol. Skip the
1599 default symbol as well as definition from an IR object. */
1600 if (olddef
&& !olddyn
&& !oldweak
&& newdef
&& !newdyn
&& !newweak
1601 && !default_sym
&& h
->def_regular
1603 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1604 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1606 /* Handle a multiple definition. */
1607 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_definition
) (info
, &h
->root
,
1608 abfd
, sec
, *pvalue
);
1613 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1614 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1619 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1621 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1622 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1623 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1624 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1625 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1627 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1628 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1629 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1630 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1632 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1635 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1636 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1637 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1638 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1639 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1640 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1642 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1643 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1644 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1645 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1646 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1647 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1652 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1653 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1657 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1659 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1660 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1662 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1663 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1664 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1665 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1666 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1668 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1669 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1672 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1673 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1674 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1675 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1679 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1683 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1684 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1685 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1686 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1689 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1690 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1692 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1693 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1694 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1695 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1701 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1702 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1704 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1705 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1706 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1710 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1715 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1716 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1717 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1718 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1719 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1721 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1722 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1723 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1728 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1729 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1734 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1735 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1738 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1739 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1740 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1743 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1745 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1746 overriding a function. */
1748 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1752 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1753 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1756 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1758 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1761 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1764 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1765 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1766 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1767 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1770 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1771 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1772 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1773 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1774 in the shared library. */
1777 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1780 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1781 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1782 or the alignment. */
1783 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1784 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1786 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1787 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1789 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1792 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1793 in the dynamic object. */
1794 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1795 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1798 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1800 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1801 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1803 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1804 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1806 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1809 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1814 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1815 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1816 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1817 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1818 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1819 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1820 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1821 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1825 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1832 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1833 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1834 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1835 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1838 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1839 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1840 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1842 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1846 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1848 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1849 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1852 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1853 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1854 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1855 bfd_boolean collect
;
1856 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1857 bfd_boolean override
;
1859 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1861 bfd_boolean matched
;
1863 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1866 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1867 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1868 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1869 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1870 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1871 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1875 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1880 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1882 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1886 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1891 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1897 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1898 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1899 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1901 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1902 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1903 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1905 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1906 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1908 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1909 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1910 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1911 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1912 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1913 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1916 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1917 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1918 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1924 if (hi
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (hi
))
1926 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1927 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1928 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1929 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1930 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1931 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1936 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1937 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1938 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1940 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1944 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1945 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1951 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1952 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1955 if (bh
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1956 && bh
->u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
1957 && (bh
->u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
1959 /* Mark the previous definition from IR object as
1960 undefined so that the generic linker will override
1962 bh
->type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1963 bh
->u
.undef
.abfd
= bh
->u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1965 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1966 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1967 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1968 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1970 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1975 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1976 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1977 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1978 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1979 name, and it is the default version.
1981 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1982 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1983 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1985 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1986 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1987 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1988 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1989 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1990 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1991 definition in the regular object. */
1993 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1994 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1995 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1997 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1998 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
2002 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
2006 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
2011 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
2012 other fields correctly. */
2016 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
2017 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2018 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2020 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2021 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
2022 the user in that case. */
2024 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2026 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
2028 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2029 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
2031 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
2032 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
2033 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
2034 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2035 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
2037 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
2043 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2050 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2056 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
2060 len
= strlen (name
);
2061 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
2062 if (shortname
== NULL
)
2064 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
2065 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
2067 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
2068 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2069 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2071 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
2072 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
2073 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
2081 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
2082 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
2083 overridden by a versioned definition. */
2084 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2085 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2087 /* xgettext:c-format */
2088 (_("%pB: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
2094 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2095 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
2096 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
2098 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2100 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2101 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
2102 to the user in that case. */
2104 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2106 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
2107 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2108 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
2110 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
2116 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2122 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2132 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
2133 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2136 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2138 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2140 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2141 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2144 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2145 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2148 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2149 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2150 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2151 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2153 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2163 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2164 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2165 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2166 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2169 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2172 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2173 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2174 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2177 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2182 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2183 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2184 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2187 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2188 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2192 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2195 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2196 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2202 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2207 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2210 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2214 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2215 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2216 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2220 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2223 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2227 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2228 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2229 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2231 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2233 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2234 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2236 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2239 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2246 /* Return TRUE and set *HIDE to TRUE if the versioned symbol is
2247 hidden. Set *T_P to NULL if there is no match. */
2250 _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2251 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2252 const char *version_p
,
2253 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**t_p
,
2256 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2258 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2259 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2261 if (strcmp (t
->name
, version_p
) == 0)
2265 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2267 len
= version_p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2268 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2271 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2272 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2273 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2274 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2276 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2280 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2281 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2283 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2285 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2287 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2290 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2304 /* Return TRUE if the symbol H is hidden by version script. */
2307 _bfd_elf_link_hide_sym_by_version (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2308 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2311 bfd_boolean hide
= FALSE
;
2312 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
2313 = get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2315 /* Version script only hides symbols defined in regular objects. */
2316 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2319 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2320 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2322 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2325 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2329 && _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
)
2333 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2338 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2340 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2343 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
2344 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2345 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2347 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2355 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2356 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2357 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2358 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2361 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2363 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2364 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2365 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2366 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2370 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2373 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2376 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2379 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2383 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2385 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2387 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2389 /* Hide symbols defined in discarded input sections. */
2390 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2391 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2392 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
2393 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2398 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2399 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2401 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2404 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2407 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2411 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
))
2413 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2418 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2420 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2421 version node for this version. */
2422 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2424 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2427 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2428 to worry about it. */
2429 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2432 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2436 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2441 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2445 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2446 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2447 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2449 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2453 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2457 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2461 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2462 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2464 /* xgettext:c-format */
2465 (_("%pB: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2466 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2467 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2468 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2473 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2476 && h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
2477 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2480 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2481 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2482 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2483 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2489 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2490 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2491 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2492 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2493 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2494 relocations should be stored.
2496 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2499 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2501 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2502 void *external_relocs
,
2503 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2505 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2506 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2507 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2508 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2509 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2510 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2513 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2514 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2517 /* Read the relocations. */
2518 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2521 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2522 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2524 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2526 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2527 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2528 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2529 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2530 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2533 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2537 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2538 /* Setting erelaend like this and comparing with <= handles case of
2539 a fuzzed object with sh_size not a multiple of sh_entsize. */
2540 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
- shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2541 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2542 while (erela
<= erelaend
)
2546 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2547 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2548 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2552 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2555 /* xgettext:c-format */
2556 (_("%pB: bad reloc symbol index (%#" PRIx64
" >= %#lx)"
2557 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
2558 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
,
2559 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2560 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2564 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2567 /* xgettext:c-format */
2568 (_("%pB: non-zero symbol index (%#" PRIx64
")"
2569 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"
2570 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2571 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
,
2572 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2573 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2576 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2577 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2583 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2584 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2585 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2586 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2587 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2588 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2589 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2590 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2591 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2594 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2596 void *external_relocs
,
2597 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2598 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2600 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2601 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2602 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2603 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2604 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2606 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2607 return esdo
->relocs
;
2609 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2612 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2616 size
= (bfd_size_type
) o
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2618 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2620 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2621 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2625 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2627 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2630 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2632 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2634 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2637 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2640 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2643 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2647 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2648 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2649 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2650 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2654 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2656 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2659 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2661 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2665 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2666 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2668 return internal_relocs
;
2675 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2682 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2683 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2686 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2687 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2689 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2691 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2692 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2694 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2695 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2696 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2697 we zero the allocated space. */
2698 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2699 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2702 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2704 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2706 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2707 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2711 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2717 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2718 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2722 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2723 asection
*input_section
,
2724 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2725 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2726 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2729 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2730 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2732 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2733 asection
*output_section
;
2734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2735 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2736 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2738 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2740 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2741 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2742 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2744 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2745 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2747 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2748 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2750 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2751 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2756 /* xgettext:c-format */
2757 (_("%pB: relocation size mismatch in %pB section %pA"),
2758 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2759 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2763 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2764 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2765 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2766 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2767 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2768 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2770 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2771 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2772 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2775 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2777 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2782 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2785 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2786 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2788 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2790 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2791 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2796 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2797 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2798 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2799 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2800 the face of future changes. */
2803 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2804 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2806 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2808 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2809 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2810 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2811 an ELF dynamic object. */
2814 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2815 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2817 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2818 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2821 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2825 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2826 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2827 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2830 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2836 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2840 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2849 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2850 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2851 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2852 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2853 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2854 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2855 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2856 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2858 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2859 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2860 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2861 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2862 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2866 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2867 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2868 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2869 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2872 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2873 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2874 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2875 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2876 flag will not have been set. */
2877 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2881 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2884 /* Symbols defined in discarded sections shouldn't be dynamic. */
2885 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
&& h
->indx
== -3)
2886 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2888 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2889 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2890 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2891 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2892 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2894 /* A hidden versioned symbol in executable should be forced local if
2895 it is is locally defined, not referenced by shared library and not
2897 else if (bfd_link_executable (eif
->info
)
2898 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
2899 && !eif
->info
->export_dynamic
2903 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2905 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2906 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2907 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2908 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2909 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2910 will force it local. */
2911 else if (h
->needs_plt
2912 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2913 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2914 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2915 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2918 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2920 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2921 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2922 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2925 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2926 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2927 over to the real definition. */
2928 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
2930 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
2932 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2933 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2934 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. If the def is not
2935 bfd_link_hash_defined as it was when put on the alias list
2936 then it must have originally been a versioned symbol (for
2937 which a non-versioned indirect symbol is created) and later
2938 a definition for the non-versioned symbol is found. In that
2939 case the indirection is flipped with the versioned symbol
2940 becoming an indirect pointing at the non-versioned symbol.
2941 Thus, not an alias any more. */
2942 if (def
->def_regular
2943 || def
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
2946 while ((h
= h
->u
.alias
) != def
)
2947 h
->is_weakalias
= 0;
2951 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2952 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2953 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2954 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2955 BFD_ASSERT (def
->def_dynamic
);
2956 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, def
, h
);
2963 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2964 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2968 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2970 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2971 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2972 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2974 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2977 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2978 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2981 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2982 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2985 htab
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
);
2986 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (htab
->dynobj
);
2988 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2990 if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
== 0)
2991 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2992 else if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
2994 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2995 && !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2996 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2998 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
3006 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
3007 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
3008 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
3009 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
3010 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
3011 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
3012 referenced by another one? */
3014 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
3018 && (!h
->is_weakalias
|| weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1))))
3020 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
3024 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
3025 can happen via a recursive call. */
3026 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
3029 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
3030 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
3031 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
3032 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
3033 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
3035 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
3036 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
3037 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
3038 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
3040 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
3041 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
3042 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
3043 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
3044 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
3045 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
3046 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
3049 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
3050 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
3051 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
3052 extern int timezone;
3054 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
3055 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
3056 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
3057 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
3058 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
3059 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
3060 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
3061 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
3063 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
3065 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
3067 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
3068 the alias by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
3069 def
->ref_regular
= 1;
3071 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
3072 the strong alias before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
3073 if (!_bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (def
, eif
))
3077 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
3078 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
3079 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
3080 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
3081 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
3083 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
3086 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
3087 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3089 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
3098 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
3102 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3103 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3106 unsigned int power_of_two
;
3108 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
3110 /* The section alignment of the definition is the maximum alignment
3111 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
3112 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
3113 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
3114 for the minimum alignment. */
3115 power_of_two
= bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
3116 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
3117 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
3123 if (power_of_two
> bfd_section_alignment (dynbss
))
3125 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
3126 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
, power_of_two
))
3130 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
3131 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
3133 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
3134 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
3135 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
3137 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
3138 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
3140 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
3141 if (h
->protected_def
3142 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
3143 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3144 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
3145 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3146 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%pT' is dangerous\n"),
3147 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3152 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
3153 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
3156 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3160 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3161 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3162 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3163 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
3165 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
3167 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
3168 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
3169 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
3170 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
3171 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3177 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3178 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
3179 considered to bind dynamically. */
3182 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3183 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3184 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
3186 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
3187 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3188 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3193 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3194 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3195 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3197 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
3198 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3200 if (h
->forced_local
)
3203 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
3204 visible symbol resolves locally. */
3205 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
3206 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
3208 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3215 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3216 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3219 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3221 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
3222 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
3223 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
3224 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3225 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
3232 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
3233 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3236 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
3237 us that it remains local. */
3238 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
3241 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3242 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
3243 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
3244 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
3245 for the place where dynindx == -1 is tested. If that test is true,
3246 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say the symbol is local, while
3247 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say the symbol is local only for
3249 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
3250 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
3251 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
3252 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
3255 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3256 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3257 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
3259 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3260 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3262 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
3266 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
3267 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3268 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3271 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3272 if (h
->forced_local
)
3275 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3276 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3277 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3279 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3280 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3281 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3284 /* Non-dynamic symbols resolve locally. */
3285 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3288 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3289 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3290 shared libraries. */
3291 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3294 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3295 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3296 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3299 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3300 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3303 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3305 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3306 symbols are local. */
3307 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3308 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3309 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3310 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3313 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3314 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3315 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3316 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3317 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3318 return local_protected
;
3321 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3322 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3324 struct bfd_section
*
3325 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3327 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3328 unsigned int align
= 0;
3330 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3331 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3335 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3336 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3337 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3339 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3341 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section (usually .tdata) is the largest
3342 alignment, so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3344 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3349 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3351 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3352 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3354 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3356 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3357 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3358 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3361 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3362 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3363 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3366 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3367 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3370 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3371 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3372 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3375 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3376 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3377 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3378 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3380 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3382 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3383 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3384 in the same way that it used to do. */
3390 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3391 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3392 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3394 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3396 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3400 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3401 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3402 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3405 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3409 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3412 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3413 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3414 get the correct symbol table. */
3415 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3416 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3417 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3418 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3422 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3424 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3425 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3427 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3428 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3430 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3432 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3434 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3435 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3436 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3438 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3443 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3444 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3447 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3450 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3451 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3453 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3456 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3458 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3462 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3467 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3469 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3479 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3482 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3486 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3487 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3489 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3490 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3491 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3493 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3494 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3497 if (tag
== DT_RELA
|| tag
== DT_REL
)
3498 hash_table
->dynamic_relocs
= TRUE
;
3500 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3501 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3502 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3504 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3505 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3506 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3510 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3511 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3514 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3519 /* Strip zero-sized dynamic sections. */
3522 _bfd_elf_strip_zero_sized_dynamic_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3524 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3525 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3526 asection
*s
, *sdynamic
, **pp
;
3527 asection
*rela_dyn
, *rel_dyn
;
3528 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3529 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *next
;
3530 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
3531 bfd_boolean strip_zero_sized
;
3532 bfd_boolean strip_zero_sized_plt
;
3534 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3537 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3538 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3541 if (!hash_table
->dynobj
)
3544 sdynamic
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3548 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3549 swap_dyn_in
= bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
3551 strip_zero_sized
= FALSE
;
3552 strip_zero_sized_plt
= FALSE
;
3554 /* Strip zero-sized dynamic sections. */
3555 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, ".rela.dyn");
3556 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, ".rel.dyn");
3557 for (pp
= &info
->output_bfd
->sections
; (s
= *pp
) != NULL
;)
3561 || s
== hash_table
->srelplt
->output_section
3562 || s
== hash_table
->splt
->output_section
))
3565 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
3566 strip_zero_sized
= TRUE
;
3571 else if (s
== hash_table
->splt
->output_section
)
3573 s
= hash_table
->splt
;
3574 strip_zero_sized_plt
= TRUE
;
3577 s
= hash_table
->srelplt
;
3578 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3579 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3584 if (strip_zero_sized_plt
)
3585 for (extdyn
= sdynamic
->contents
;
3586 extdyn
< sdynamic
->contents
+ sdynamic
->size
;
3589 next
= extdyn
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3590 swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3598 /* Strip DT_PLTRELSZ, DT_JMPREL and DT_PLTREL entries if
3599 the procedure linkage table (the .plt section) has been
3601 memmove (extdyn
, next
,
3602 sdynamic
->size
- (next
- sdynamic
->contents
));
3607 if (strip_zero_sized
)
3609 /* Regenerate program headers. */
3610 elf_seg_map (info
->output_bfd
) = NULL
;
3611 return _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (info
->output_bfd
, info
);
3617 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object. Returns -1 on error,
3618 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3621 bfd_elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3623 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3627 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3630 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3631 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3632 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3633 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3636 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3639 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3642 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3643 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3645 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3646 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3647 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3649 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3651 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3652 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3653 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3655 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3661 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3664 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3670 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3671 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3675 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3676 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3677 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3679 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3680 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3681 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3682 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3683 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3684 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3685 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3686 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3687 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3688 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3689 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3695 /* Sort symbol by value, section, size, and type. */
3697 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3699 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3700 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3701 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3706 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3707 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3708 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3710 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3712 sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3716 /* Sort so that sized symbols are selected over zero size symbols. */
3717 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3719 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3721 /* Sort so that STT_OBJECT is selected over STT_NOTYPE. */
3722 if (h1
->type
!= h2
->type
)
3723 return h1
->type
- h2
->type
;
3725 /* If symbols are properly sized and typed, and multiple strong
3726 aliases are not defined in a shared library by the user we
3727 shouldn't get here. Unfortunately linker script symbols like
3728 __bss_start sometimes match a user symbol defined at the start of
3729 .bss without proper size and type. We'd like to preference the
3730 user symbol over reserved system symbols. Sort on leading
3732 n1
= h1
->root
.root
.string
;
3733 n2
= h2
->root
.root
.string
;
3746 /* Final sort on name selects user symbols like '_u' over reserved
3747 system symbols like '_Z' and also will avoid qsort instability. */
3751 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3752 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3755 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3757 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3759 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3760 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3764 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3768 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3770 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3771 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3772 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3773 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3776 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3779 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3780 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3782 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3783 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3784 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3786 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3787 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3788 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3789 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3791 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3793 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3797 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3807 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3812 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3815 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3816 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3817 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3818 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3820 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3821 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3823 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3824 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3829 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3830 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3832 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3836 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3838 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3839 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3841 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3843 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3844 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3845 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3847 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3848 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3849 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3852 while (def
.vd_next
);
3855 /* Adjust version references. */
3856 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3861 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3862 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3864 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3868 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3870 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3871 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3872 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3873 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3874 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3876 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3877 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3878 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3880 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3882 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3883 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3886 while (need
.vn_next
);
3892 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3893 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3897 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3898 const bfd_target
*output
)
3900 return input
== output
;
3903 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3904 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3905 are virtually identical. */
3908 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3909 const bfd_target
*output
)
3911 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3913 if (input
== output
)
3916 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3917 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3919 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3922 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3923 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3926 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3927 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3928 processing the lib. */
3931 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3932 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3933 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3935 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3938 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3941 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3943 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3944 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3946 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3947 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3950 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3951 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3952 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3953 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3954 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3955 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3956 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3957 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3958 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3959 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3961 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3962 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3963 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3964 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3965 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3966 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3967 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3971 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3973 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3976 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. Don't do
3977 anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
3978 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not
3979 affect GOT and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't
3980 allow them to create GOT or PLT entries), there's no
3981 possibility or desire to optimize TLS relocs, and
3982 there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
3983 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
3984 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
3985 || (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3986 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3987 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3988 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3989 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3990 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3993 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3995 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3998 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
4000 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
4001 free (internal_relocs
);
4011 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
4014 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4016 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
4017 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4021 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
4022 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
4023 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
4024 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym_end
= NULL
;
4025 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
4026 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
4027 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
4028 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
4029 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
4030 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4031 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
4032 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4033 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
4034 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4035 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
4036 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
4037 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
4038 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
4039 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
4041 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
4042 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
4043 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
4046 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
4048 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
4049 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4051 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
4057 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
4058 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
4059 the format of the output file. */
4060 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4061 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4062 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
4064 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4065 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
4067 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
4072 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4073 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
4074 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
4075 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
4076 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
4077 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
4078 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
4080 /* xgettext:c-format */
4081 (_("alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %pB, expecting %d"),
4082 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
4084 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
4085 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
4086 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
4087 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
4088 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
4089 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4093 name
= bfd_section_name (s
);
4094 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
4099 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
4101 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
4102 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
4103 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
4104 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
4105 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
4106 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
4107 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
4108 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
4112 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4114 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4116 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
4118 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4119 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4124 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
4128 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
4133 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4134 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
4135 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
4138 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
4140 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
4141 not get copied into the output file. */
4144 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
4145 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
4146 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
4151 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
4152 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
4157 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
4158 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
4159 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
4160 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
4161 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
4162 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
4163 make a shared library. */
4165 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4166 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4168 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
4169 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4170 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
4171 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
4173 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
4177 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4181 const char *soname
= NULL
;
4183 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
4184 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
4185 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded_lib
;
4187 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
4188 ld shouldn't allow it. */
4192 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
4193 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
4194 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
4195 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
4196 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
4197 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
4199 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
4200 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
4201 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
4203 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4208 unsigned int elfsec
;
4209 unsigned long shlink
;
4211 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
4218 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
4219 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
4220 goto error_free_dyn
;
4221 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
4223 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
4224 extdyn
<= dynbuf
+ s
->size
- bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
4225 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
4227 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
4229 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
4230 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
4232 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4233 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4235 goto error_free_dyn
;
4237 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
4239 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4241 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4242 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4244 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4245 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4246 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4247 goto error_free_dyn
;
4248 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4249 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4251 goto error_free_dyn
;
4252 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4256 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4260 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
4262 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4264 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4265 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4267 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4268 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4269 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4270 goto error_free_dyn
;
4271 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4272 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4274 goto error_free_dyn
;
4275 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4279 for (pn
= & runpath
;
4285 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
4286 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
4288 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4290 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4291 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4293 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4294 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4295 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4296 goto error_free_dyn
;
4297 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4298 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4300 goto error_free_dyn
;
4301 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4311 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
4313 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4314 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4321 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
4322 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
4328 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
4329 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4334 /* If we have a PT_GNU_RELRO program header, mark as read-only
4335 all sections contained fully therein. This makes relro
4336 shared library sections appear as they will at run-time. */
4337 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
+ elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
4338 while (phdr
-- > elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
)
4339 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4341 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4343 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, s
);
4345 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4346 && s
->vma
* opb
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
4347 && s
->vma
* opb
+ s
->size
<= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
4348 s
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
4353 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
4354 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
4355 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
4356 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
4357 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
4358 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
4360 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
4362 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
4363 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
4364 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
4365 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
4367 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4369 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4370 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4371 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
4374 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
4375 will need to know it. */
4376 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
4378 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
4379 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
4380 particular dynamic object more than once. */
4381 for (loaded_lib
= htab
->dyn_loaded
;
4383 loaded_lib
= loaded_lib
->next
)
4385 if (strcmp (elf_dt_name (loaded_lib
->abfd
), soname
) == 0)
4389 /* Create dynamic sections for backends that require that be done
4390 before setup_gnu_properties. */
4392 && !_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
4395 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
4396 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
4399 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
4400 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
4401 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
4402 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
4404 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
4405 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4407 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
4409 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
4411 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
4412 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
4414 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4416 extsymcount
= symcount
;
4421 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
4422 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
4425 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4426 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
4428 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4430 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4433 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4435 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4437 size_t amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4438 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4439 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4440 goto error_free_sym
;
4441 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4447 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4448 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4449 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4450 goto error_free_sym
;
4452 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4453 to internal format. */
4454 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4456 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4457 bfd_size_type amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4459 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4460 goto error_free_sym
;
4461 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*)
4462 _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, amt
);
4463 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4464 goto error_free_sym
;
4465 extversym_end
= extversym
+ amt
/ sizeof (*extversym
);
4469 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4470 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4471 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4472 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4477 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4479 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4480 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4482 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4484 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4485 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4486 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4487 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4491 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4492 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4493 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4494 goto error_free_vers
;
4496 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4497 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4498 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4499 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4500 goto error_free_vers
;
4502 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4503 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4504 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4505 goto error_free_vers
;
4507 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4508 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4509 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4510 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4511 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4512 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4513 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4514 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4515 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4517 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
4519 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4520 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4521 goto error_free_vers
;
4524 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4526 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4527 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4529 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4531 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4532 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4533 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4534 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4536 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4537 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4544 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4546 else if (extversym
+ extsymoff
< extversym_end
)
4547 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
4550 /* xgettext:c-format */
4551 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: invalid version offset %lx (max %lx)"),
4552 abfd
, (long) extsymoff
,
4553 (long) (extversym_end
- extversym
) / sizeof (* extversym
));
4554 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4555 goto error_free_vers
;
4558 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4559 && abfd
->lto_slim_object
)
4562 (_("%pB: plugin needed to handle lto object"), abfd
);
4565 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4567 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4571 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4574 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4575 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4576 bfd_boolean definition
;
4577 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4578 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4579 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4580 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4581 bfd_boolean override
;
4583 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4584 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4585 unsigned int shindex
;
4587 bfd_boolean matched
;
4591 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4593 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4594 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4595 if (common
&& info
->inhibit_common_definition
)
4597 /* Treat common symbol as undefined for --no-define-common. */
4598 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4603 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4607 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4608 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4609 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4611 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4614 /* If we aren't prepared to handle locals within the globals
4615 then we'll likely segfault on a NULL symbol hash if the
4616 symbol is ever referenced in relocations. */
4617 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
4618 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, hdr
->sh_name
);
4619 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s local symbol at index %lu"
4620 " (>= sh_info of %lu)"),
4621 abfd
, name
, (long) (isym
- isymbuf
+ extsymoff
),
4624 /* Dynamic object relocations are not processed by ld, so
4625 ld won't run into the problem mentioned above. */
4628 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4629 goto error_free_vers
;
4632 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4640 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4641 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4645 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4649 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4650 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4651 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4652 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4653 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4655 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4656 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4657 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4658 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4662 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4664 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4665 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4667 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4669 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4671 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4673 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4677 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4680 goto error_free_vers
;
4682 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4683 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4685 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4689 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4691 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4693 goto error_free_vers
;
4697 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4698 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4699 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4701 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4705 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4706 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4707 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4709 goto error_free_vers
;
4713 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4715 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4717 goto error_free_vers
;
4719 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4720 should be skipped for some reason. */
4725 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4729 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4730 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4731 for this executable. */
4732 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4733 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4736 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4737 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4742 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4743 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4750 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4752 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4753 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4758 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4759 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4760 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4764 else if (ever
>= extversym_end
)
4766 /* xgettext:c-format */
4767 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: not enough version information"),
4769 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4770 goto error_free_vers
;
4773 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4775 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4777 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4778 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4779 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4780 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4781 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4782 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4784 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4785 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4788 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4791 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4793 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4795 else if (vernum
> 1)
4797 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4804 /* xgettext:c-format */
4805 (_("%pB: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4807 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4808 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4809 goto error_free_vers
;
4814 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4815 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4816 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4818 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4821 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4825 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4827 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4829 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4831 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4841 /* xgettext:c-format */
4842 (_("%pB: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4843 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4844 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4845 goto error_free_vers
;
4849 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4850 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4851 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4852 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4853 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4856 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4857 if (newname
== NULL
)
4858 goto error_free_vers
;
4859 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4860 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4862 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4863 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4864 default version of the symbol. */
4865 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4866 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4868 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4873 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4874 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4875 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4878 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4879 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4880 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4882 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4883 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4884 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4885 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4887 goto error_free_vers
;
4892 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4894 if (override
&& matched
)
4898 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4899 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4900 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4902 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4905 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4908 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4909 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4910 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4911 goto error_free_vers
;
4914 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4917 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4918 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4919 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4921 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4922 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4928 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4932 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4933 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4934 && h
->u
.alias
== NULL
)
4936 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4937 a dynamic object, using the alias field. Later in this
4938 function we will set the alias field to the correct
4939 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4940 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4941 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4942 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4943 figure out. If the alias field is not already NULL,
4944 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4945 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4946 definition anyhow. */
4952 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4953 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4954 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4959 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4962 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4963 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4964 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4966 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4967 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4969 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4972 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4974 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4975 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4976 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4977 object and a shared object. */
4978 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4980 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4981 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4982 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4989 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4990 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5002 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
5003 make the real symbol dynamic. */
5004 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
5005 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
5015 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
5020 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
5023 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
5024 make the real symbol dynamic. */
5025 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
5029 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
!= -1)))
5033 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
5034 the default name. */
5036 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5037 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
5038 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
5039 goto error_free_vers
;
5041 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
5042 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
5043 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
5044 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
5045 alignment is maintained. */
5046 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
5047 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
5049 unsigned int common_align
;
5050 unsigned int normal_align
;
5051 unsigned int symbol_align
;
5055 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5056 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
5058 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
5059 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
5060 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
5061 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
5063 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
5064 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
5065 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
5068 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
5072 common_align
= old_alignment
;
5073 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
5078 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
5080 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
5083 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
5085 /* PR binutils/2735 */
5086 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
5088 /* xgettext:c-format */
5089 (_("warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %pB is"
5090 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %pA"),
5091 1 << common_align
, name
, common_bfd
,
5092 1 << normal_align
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
);
5095 /* xgettext:c-format */
5096 (_("warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %pB"
5097 " is smaller than %u in %pB"),
5098 1 << normal_align
, name
, normal_bfd
,
5099 1 << common_align
, common_bfd
);
5103 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
5104 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
5105 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
5106 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
5109 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
5110 && ! size_change_ok
)
5112 /* xgettext:c-format */
5113 (_("warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
5114 " from %" PRIu64
" in %pB to %" PRIu64
" in %pB"),
5115 name
, (uint64_t) h
->size
, old_bfd
,
5116 (uint64_t) isym
->st_size
, abfd
);
5118 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
5121 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
5122 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
5123 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
5124 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
5125 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
5127 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5128 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
5130 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
5131 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
5132 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5133 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
5135 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
5137 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
5139 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5140 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5143 if (h
->type
!= type
)
5145 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
5146 /* xgettext:c-format */
5148 (_("warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
5149 " from %d to %d in %pB"),
5150 name
, h
->type
, type
, abfd
);
5156 /* Merge st_other field. */
5157 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
5159 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
5161 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
5162 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
5165 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
5166 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
5171 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
5172 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
5175 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
5177 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5178 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5180 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
5181 aliases can be checked. */
5184 size_t amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
5185 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
5187 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5189 goto error_free_vers
;
5191 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
5195 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
5197 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5198 goto error_free_vers
;
5200 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1)
5202 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, weakdef (h
)))
5203 goto error_free_vers
;
5206 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
5207 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
5208 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
5210 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
5214 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
5223 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
5224 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
5225 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
5226 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
5227 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
5229 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
5231 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
5232 h
->root
.root
.string
);
5234 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
5235 other library is referenced by a regular object.
5236 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
5237 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
5240 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
5243 /* xgettext:c-format */
5244 (_("%pB: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
5246 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
5247 goto error_free_vers
;
5250 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
5251 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
5253 /* Create dynamic sections for backends that require
5254 that be done before setup_gnu_properties. */
5255 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
5262 if (info
->lto_plugin_active
5263 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5264 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
5270 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
5275 /* If linker plugin is enabled, set non_ir_ref_regular on symbols
5276 referenced in regular objects so that linker plugin will get
5277 the correct symbol resolution. */
5279 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5280 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5282 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5283 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
5285 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
5286 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5287 || s
->reloc_count
== 0
5288 || (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
5289 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
5290 || info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
5291 && (s
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0))
5294 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, s
, NULL
,
5297 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5298 goto error_free_vers
;
5300 rel
= internal_relocs
;
5301 relend
= rel
+ s
->reloc_count
;
5302 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
5304 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
5305 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5307 /* Skip local symbols. */
5308 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5311 h
= sym_hash
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5313 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
= 1;
5316 if (elf_section_data (s
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
5317 free (internal_relocs
);
5326 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
5330 /* Restore the symbol table. */
5331 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
5332 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
5333 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
5334 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
5335 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
5336 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
5337 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
5338 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
5339 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
5340 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
5341 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
5344 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
5346 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
5347 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5349 unsigned int alignment_power
;
5350 unsigned int non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5352 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5354 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5355 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5356 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5358 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
5359 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
5360 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
5362 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5364 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
5365 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
5370 alignment_power
= 0;
5372 /* Preserve non_ir_ref_dynamic so that this symbol
5373 will be exported when the dynamic lib becomes needed
5374 in the second pass. */
5375 non_ir_ref_dynamic
= h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5376 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5377 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5378 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5379 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5381 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5382 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5383 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5385 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5387 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
5388 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
5389 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
5390 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
5392 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5396 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
5397 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
5398 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
5399 goto error_free_vers
;
5402 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
5404 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5408 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5410 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
5411 goto error_free_vers
;
5416 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
5417 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
5418 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
5419 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5423 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
5425 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
5426 char *shortname
, *p
;
5429 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5431 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5432 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5435 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
5436 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
5438 goto error_free_vers
;
5439 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
5440 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
5442 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5443 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
5444 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5446 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
5447 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
5448 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
5450 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
5451 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
5452 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5453 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
5454 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5456 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
5457 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
5459 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
5465 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5466 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
5469 /* Now set the alias field correctly for all the weak defined
5470 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
5471 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
5472 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
5473 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
5474 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
5475 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
5476 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
5477 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
5478 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
5479 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
5480 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
5484 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
5485 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
5486 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
5487 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5488 size_t sym_count
, amt
;
5490 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
5491 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
5492 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
5493 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (*sorted_sym_hash
);
5494 sorted_sym_hash
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
5495 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
5497 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
5498 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5499 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
5501 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
5505 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5506 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
5514 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
, sizeof (*sorted_sym_hash
),
5517 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
5519 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
5522 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5525 weaks
= hlook
->u
.alias
;
5526 hlook
->u
.alias
= NULL
;
5528 if (hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5529 && hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5532 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5533 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5539 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5541 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5542 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5549 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5559 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5563 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5564 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5565 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5566 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5569 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5570 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5571 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5575 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5576 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5577 the largest size. */
5580 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5582 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5583 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5584 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5586 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5588 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*t
;
5591 hlook
->is_weakalias
= 1;
5593 if (t
->u
.alias
!= NULL
)
5594 while (t
->u
.alias
!= h
)
5598 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5599 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5601 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5603 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5606 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5611 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5612 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5613 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5614 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5615 real definition and the weak definition. */
5616 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5618 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5619 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5626 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5629 if (bed
->check_directives
5630 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5633 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5634 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5636 && ! info
->traditional_format
5637 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5638 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5642 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5643 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5645 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5648 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5649 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5650 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5651 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5652 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5653 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5655 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5657 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5658 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5659 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5662 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5663 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5668 if (dynamic
&& add_needed
)
5670 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5671 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5673 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5677 n
->next
= htab
->dyn_loaded
;
5678 htab
->dyn_loaded
= n
;
5680 if (dynamic
&& !add_needed
5681 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) != 0)
5682 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) |= DYN_NO_NEEDED
;
5689 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5697 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5698 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5700 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5701 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5702 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5705 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5709 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5713 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5714 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5715 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5716 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5718 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5719 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5722 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5723 len
= strlen (name
);
5724 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5726 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
5728 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5729 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5730 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5732 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5735 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5737 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5738 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5739 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5742 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5746 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5747 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5748 handle versioned symbols.
5750 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5751 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5752 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5753 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5756 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5757 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5760 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5763 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5767 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5768 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5769 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5771 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5773 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5774 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5776 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5780 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5781 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5782 second and subsequent passes. */
5783 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5786 amt
= c
* sizeof (*included
);
5787 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5788 if (included
== NULL
)
5791 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5792 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5793 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5806 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5807 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5809 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5811 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5816 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5822 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5823 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
5829 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5831 /* If the archive element has already been loaded then one
5832 of the symbols defined by that element might have been
5833 made undefined due to being in a discarded section. */
5837 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5839 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5840 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5841 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5842 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5845 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5846 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5847 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5848 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5849 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5851 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5856 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5857 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5862 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5863 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5864 if (element
== NULL
)
5867 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5870 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5872 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5873 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5875 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5878 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5879 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5880 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5881 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5882 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5883 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5884 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5885 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5888 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5889 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5893 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5898 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5900 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5901 on through the loop. */
5902 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5915 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5919 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5921 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5924 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5926 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5928 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5933 struct hash_codes_info
5935 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5939 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5940 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5943 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5945 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5950 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5951 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5954 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5955 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5957 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5960 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5966 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5967 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5972 /* Compute the hash value. */
5973 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5975 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5976 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5978 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5980 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5986 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5989 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5990 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5991 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5992 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5993 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5994 unsigned long int *indx
;
5995 unsigned long int *counts
;
5999 long int min_dynindx
;
6000 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
6001 unsigned long int symindx
;
6002 long int local_indx
;
6003 long int shift1
, shift2
;
6004 unsigned long int mask
;
6008 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
6009 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
6012 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6014 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
6019 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
6020 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
6023 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
6024 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
6027 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
6028 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
6030 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
6033 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
6039 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
6040 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
6045 /* Compute the hash value. */
6046 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
6048 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
6049 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
6050 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
6051 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
6053 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
6054 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
6060 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
6061 final dynamic symbol renumbering in case of .gnu.hash.
6062 If using .MIPS.xhash, invoke record_xhash_symbol to add symbol index
6063 to the translation table. */
6066 elf_gnu_hash_process_symidx (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6068 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
6069 unsigned long int bucket
;
6070 unsigned long int val
;
6072 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
6073 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
6076 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
6077 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
6079 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
6081 if (s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
!= NULL
)
6083 (*s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
) (h
, 0);
6087 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
6092 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
6093 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
6094 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
6095 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
6097 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
6098 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
6099 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
6100 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
6102 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
6103 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
6104 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
6105 if (s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
!= NULL
)
6107 bfd_vma xlat_loc
= s
->xlat
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
]++ - s
->symindx
) * 4;
6109 (*s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
) (h
, xlat_loc
);
6112 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
6116 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6119 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6121 return !(h
->forced_local
6122 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6123 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6124 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6125 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6126 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
6129 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
6130 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
6131 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
6132 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
6133 than 32771 buckets. */
6135 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
6137 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
6141 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
6142 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
6143 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
6144 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
6145 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
6146 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
6147 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
6148 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
6150 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6151 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6152 unsigned long int nsyms
,
6155 size_t best_size
= 0;
6156 unsigned long int i
;
6158 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
6159 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
6160 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
6161 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
6166 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
6167 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6168 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
6169 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
6170 unsigned long int *counts
;
6172 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
6174 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
6175 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
6177 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
6180 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
6185 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
6189 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
6190 since the size could be large. */
6192 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
6193 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6197 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
6198 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
6200 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
6202 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
6203 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
6204 unsigned long int j
;
6205 unsigned long int fact
;
6207 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
6210 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
6212 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6213 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
6214 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
6216 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
6217 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
6218 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
6219 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
6220 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
6221 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
6222 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
6225 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
6227 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
6230 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
6231 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
6232 over a few long chains). */
6233 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6234 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
6236 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
6237 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6240 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
6241 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
6242 empty slots (the +1 term). */
6243 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6244 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
6246 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
6247 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
6248 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6252 /* Compare with current best results. */
6253 if (max
< best_chlen
)
6257 no_improvement_count
= 0;
6259 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
6260 when there are a large number of symbols. */
6261 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
6268 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
6270 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
6271 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
6272 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
6273 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
6275 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
6276 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
6279 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
6286 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
6289 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6294 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
6295 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6296 && (s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
6297 && s
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
6298 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
6303 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
6304 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
6305 undefined it is initialized. */
6308 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6309 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6310 const char *legacy_symbol
,
6311 bfd_vma default_size
)
6313 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
6315 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
6317 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
6318 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
6319 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6320 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6322 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
6324 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
6325 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6326 if (info
->stacksize
)
6327 /* xgettext:c-format */
6328 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: stack size specified and %s set"),
6329 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6330 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6331 /* xgettext:c-format */
6332 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s not absolute"),
6333 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6335 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6338 if (!info
->stacksize
)
6339 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
6340 size, set it now. */
6341 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
6343 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
6344 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6345 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6347 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
6349 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6350 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
6351 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6352 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
6353 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6356 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6358 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6364 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
6366 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
6368 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6369 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
6374 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6377 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6378 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6379 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
6380 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
6381 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6382 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6384 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
6386 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
6387 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
6390 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
6396 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
6397 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
6398 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
6399 addresses of the various sections. */
6402 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6405 const char *filter_shlib
,
6407 const char *depaudit
,
6408 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
6409 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6410 asection
**sinterpptr
)
6413 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6417 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6420 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6422 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6424 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6425 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
6426 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6427 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
6431 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
6432 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
6433 if (info
->export_dynamic
6434 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
6436 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6440 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6441 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
6449 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6451 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
6452 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
6456 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
6458 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
6459 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6460 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6461 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
6463 const char *verstr
, *name
;
6464 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
6465 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
6466 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
6468 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
6470 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
6472 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
6473 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
6475 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
6476 if (newname
== NULL
)
6478 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
6479 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6481 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6482 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6484 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6485 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6486 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6489 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6490 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6492 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6494 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6495 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6496 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6501 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6502 not defined in a shared object. */
6504 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6505 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6506 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6510 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6511 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6512 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6514 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6515 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6520 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6522 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6523 bfd_boolean all_defined
= TRUE
;
6524 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6525 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6526 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6529 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6530 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6531 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6536 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6541 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6542 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6543 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6545 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6546 just linking a regular application. */
6547 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6549 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6550 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6551 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6553 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6554 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6560 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6561 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6562 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6563 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6569 /* Make space for the base version. */
6570 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6571 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6574 /* Make space for the default version. */
6575 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6577 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6581 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6583 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6585 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6589 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6590 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6593 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6594 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6598 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6599 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6602 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6606 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6607 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6610 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6612 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6613 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6617 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6618 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6619 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6622 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6624 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6626 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6627 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6634 name
= lbasename (bfd_get_filename (output_bfd
));
6635 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6636 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6638 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6640 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6642 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6644 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6645 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6646 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6647 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6649 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6651 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6652 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6654 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6656 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6659 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6660 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6662 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6665 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6666 aux block, but different flags. */
6669 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6671 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6672 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6675 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6676 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6677 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6679 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6680 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6681 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6683 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6686 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6688 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6693 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6696 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6698 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6699 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6701 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6703 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6706 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6707 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6709 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6712 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6714 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6715 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6717 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6718 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6719 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6720 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6721 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6724 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6725 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6726 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6727 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6729 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6730 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6731 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6733 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6734 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6735 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6737 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6738 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6740 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6741 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6742 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6743 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6745 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6746 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6747 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6749 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6751 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6753 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6755 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6759 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6760 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6763 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6764 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6766 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6768 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6769 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6770 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6774 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6778 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6780 if (info
->gc_sections
&& bed
->can_gc_sections
)
6782 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
6784 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the
6785 dynamic symbol table. */
6786 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
6787 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
6788 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
6792 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6795 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6797 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6799 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6800 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6803 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6804 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6806 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6808 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6809 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6814 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6815 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6818 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*vn
;
6823 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6826 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6828 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6830 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6832 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6834 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6835 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6839 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6840 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6844 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6846 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6849 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6853 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6856 vn
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6858 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6859 elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6860 ? elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
)
6861 : lbasename (bfd_get_filename
6864 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6867 vn
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6868 if (vn
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6871 vn
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6872 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6874 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, vn
,
6875 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6876 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6878 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6880 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6881 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6882 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6883 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6886 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6889 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6891 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6892 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6893 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6897 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6901 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
6902 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
6903 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
6904 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
6905 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
6906 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6908 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6909 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
6912 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
6913 we're dynamic or not. */
6914 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
6915 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6918 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
6919 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
6920 if (info
->execstack
)
6921 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
6922 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
6923 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
6927 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
6930 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
6932 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
6937 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
6939 s
= inputobj
->sections
;
6940 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6943 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
6946 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
6950 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
6953 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
6954 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
6955 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6956 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6957 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
6960 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6962 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6963 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6967 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
6968 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
6972 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
6974 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
6982 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
6984 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6987 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
6988 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
6992 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
6996 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6997 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
6998 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6999 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
7003 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
7005 const char * const *p
;
7007 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7011 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7013 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
7014 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
7023 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
7025 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
7026 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
7030 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
7034 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
7036 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
7037 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
7044 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
7045 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
7046 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7047 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
7052 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
7053 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
7054 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
7056 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
7057 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
7058 h
= (info
->init_function
7059 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
7060 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
7067 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
7070 h
= (info
->fini_function
7071 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
7072 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
7079 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
7083 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
7084 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
7086 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
7087 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
7092 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
7093 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7094 && (o
= sub
->sections
) != NULL
7095 && o
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7096 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7097 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
7098 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
7101 (_("%pB: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
7106 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
7110 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
7111 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
7114 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
7115 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
7117 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
7118 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
7121 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
7122 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
7124 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
7125 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
7129 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7130 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
7131 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
7132 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
7133 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
7134 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7136 bfd_size_type strsize
;
7138 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7139 if ((info
->emit_hash
7140 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
7141 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
7142 && (bed
->record_xhash_symbol
== NULL
7143 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0)))
7144 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
7145 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
7146 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
7147 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
7148 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
7153 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
7156 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
7159 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
7160 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
7163 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7165 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
7167 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
7169 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
7170 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, crefs
))
7174 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
7176 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
7179 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
7181 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
7187 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7188 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
7191 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
7195 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
)
7197 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
;
7199 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
7200 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
7204 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
7205 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
7206 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
, NULL
) <= 1)
7210 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7211 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7217 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
7218 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
7220 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7223 asection
*found
= NULL
;
7225 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7226 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7227 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7230 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
7233 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= found
;
7236 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
7237 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
7239 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7242 asection
*found
= NULL
;
7244 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
7245 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default. */
7246 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7247 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7248 && !(s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
)
7249 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7252 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
7255 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= found
;
7257 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7258 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7259 && (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
)
7260 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7265 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= found
;
7268 #define GNU_HASH_SECTION_NAME(bed) \
7269 (bed)->record_xhash_symbol != NULL ? ".MIPS.xhash" : ".gnu.hash"
7272 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7274 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7275 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
7276 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
= 0;
7278 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7281 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7282 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
7284 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
7285 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come all
7286 of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest
7287 of the global symbols.
7289 This is usually not needed for static binaries, however backends
7290 can request to always do it, e.g. the MIPS backend uses dynamic
7291 symbol counts to lay out GOT, which will be produced in the
7292 presence of GOT relocations even in static binaries (holding fixed
7293 data in that case, to satisfy those relocations). */
7295 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
7296 || bed
->always_renumber_dynsyms
)
7297 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
7298 §ion_sym_count
);
7300 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7304 unsigned int dtagcount
;
7306 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7308 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
7309 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7310 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7311 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
7313 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
7314 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7315 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7318 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
7322 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
7323 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
7324 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
7325 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
7326 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
7327 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
7328 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
7329 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7330 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7332 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7333 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7336 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
7337 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
7338 ++section_sym_count
;
7339 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7341 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
7343 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
7344 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
7345 if (info
->emit_hash
)
7347 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
7348 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
7350 unsigned long int nsyms
;
7352 size_t hash_entry_size
;
7354 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7355 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7357 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
7358 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7359 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
7361 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
7362 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
7364 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7365 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7366 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
7373 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
7375 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
7378 if (bucketcount
== 0 && nsyms
> 0)
7381 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7383 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
7384 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7385 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7386 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
7387 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7388 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7391 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
7392 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
7393 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
7396 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
7399 unsigned char *contents
;
7400 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
7404 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
7406 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7407 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7409 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
7410 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7411 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
7414 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
7415 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
7416 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7419 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7420 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7421 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
7424 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7429 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
7431 if (bucketcount
== 0)
7433 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7437 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, GNU_HASH_SECTION_NAME (bed
));
7438 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7440 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
7442 /* Empty .gnu.hash or .MIPS.xhash section is special. */
7443 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
7444 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7445 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7446 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7447 if (contents
== NULL
)
7449 s
->contents
= contents
;
7450 /* 1 empty bucket. */
7451 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
7452 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
7453 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
7454 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
7455 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
7456 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
7457 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
7458 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
7459 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
7460 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
7461 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
7462 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
7466 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
7467 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
7471 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
7473 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
7475 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
7476 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
7478 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
7479 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
7481 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
7487 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
7488 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
7489 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
7490 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
7491 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
7492 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
7493 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7494 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
7496 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7500 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
7501 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
7502 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
7503 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
7505 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
7506 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
7507 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
7508 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
7510 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7511 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
7513 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
7514 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
7516 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
7517 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7518 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
7520 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
7521 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7522 if (bed
->record_xhash_symbol
!= NULL
)
7523 s
->size
+= cinfo
.nsyms
* 4;
7524 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7525 if (contents
== NULL
)
7527 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7528 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7532 s
->contents
= contents
;
7533 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
7534 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
7535 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
7536 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
7537 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7539 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7541 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
7542 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
7544 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
7548 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
7550 cinfo
.xlat
= contents
+ cinfo
.nsyms
* 4 - s
->contents
;
7551 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, if populating .gnu.hash section.
7552 If using .MIPS.xhash, populate the translation table. */
7553 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7554 elf_gnu_hash_process_symidx
, &cinfo
);
7556 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
7557 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
7559 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
7561 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7564 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7565 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7569 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7570 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7572 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
7574 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7576 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
7577 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
7584 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
7587 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7590 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
7591 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
7594 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
7597 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7602 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7605 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7606 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
7607 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7608 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
7609 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
7610 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7611 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
7612 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7614 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
7616 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7617 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
7618 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7619 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
7621 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
7622 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
7625 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
7626 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7627 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
7631 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
7633 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
7634 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7635 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7638 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7642 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7643 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7648 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7649 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7652 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7653 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7655 /* Set local fields. */
7658 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7659 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7660 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7661 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7662 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7663 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7664 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7665 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7672 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7673 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7676 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7677 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7678 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7680 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7682 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
7684 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
7686 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7687 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7689 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
7690 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
7691 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
7693 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
7695 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
7696 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
7698 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
7699 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
7706 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
7709 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
7710 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
7713 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7714 symbol which just became indirect. */
7716 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7717 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7718 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7719 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7720 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7721 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7722 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7724 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7727 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7728 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7729 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7730 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7732 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7733 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7734 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7735 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7738 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7740 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7741 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7742 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7743 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7746 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7748 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7749 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7750 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7751 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7753 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7758 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7759 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7760 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7762 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7763 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7765 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7770 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7771 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7773 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7776 h
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7781 /* Hide a symbol. */
7784 _bfd_elf_link_hide_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7785 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7786 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
7788 if (is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7790 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
7791 = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7792 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
7793 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7794 bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol (info
, eh
, TRUE
);
7795 eh
->def_dynamic
= 0;
7796 eh
->ref_dynamic
= 0;
7797 eh
->dynamic_def
= 0;
7801 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7805 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7806 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7808 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7809 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7811 unsigned int entsize
,
7812 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7815 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7817 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7818 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7819 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7820 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7821 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7822 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7824 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7826 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7827 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7828 table
->target_os
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->target_os
;
7833 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7835 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7836 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7838 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7839 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7841 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7845 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7846 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7852 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7857 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7860 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7862 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7864 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7865 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7866 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7867 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7868 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7871 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7872 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7873 entry for a dynamic object. */
7876 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7878 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7879 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7880 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7884 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7887 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7888 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7889 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7896 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7898 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7899 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7900 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7903 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7904 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7906 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7907 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7908 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7910 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7912 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7915 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7916 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7918 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7919 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7920 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7922 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7924 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7927 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7928 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7929 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7932 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7934 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7935 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7936 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7940 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7941 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7944 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7945 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7948 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7949 unsigned int elfsec
;
7950 unsigned long shlink
;
7951 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7953 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7957 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7958 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7961 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7962 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7965 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7968 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7969 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7972 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7974 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7975 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7978 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7979 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7981 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7983 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7985 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7988 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7991 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7992 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7995 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
8000 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8020 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
8022 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
8023 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
8024 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
8027 struct elf_symbuf_head
8029 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
8031 unsigned int st_shndx
;
8038 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8039 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
8045 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
8048 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8050 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
8051 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
8053 if (s1
->st_shndx
!= s2
->st_shndx
)
8054 return s1
->st_shndx
> s2
->st_shndx
? 1 : -1;
8055 /* Final sort by the address of the sym in the symbuf ensures
8058 return s1
> s2
? 1 : -1;
8063 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8065 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
8066 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
8067 int ret
= strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
8070 if (s1
->u
.p
!= s2
->u
.p
)
8071 return s1
->u
.p
> s2
->u
.p
? 1 : -1;
8075 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
8076 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
8078 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
8079 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
8080 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
8081 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
, amt
;
8083 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (*indbuf
);
8084 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
8088 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
8089 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
8090 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
8093 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
8094 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8097 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
8098 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
8099 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
8102 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
8103 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
8104 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
8105 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
8111 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
8112 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
8113 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
8114 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
8115 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
8117 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
8120 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
8121 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
8122 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
8124 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
8125 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
8126 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
8129 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
8130 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
8137 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8141 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
8142 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8145 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
8146 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
8147 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
8148 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
8149 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
8150 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
8151 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
8152 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
8153 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
8159 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8160 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8161 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8164 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
8167 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
8168 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
8169 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
8172 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
8173 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
8174 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
8175 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8176 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
8177 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8179 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8185 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
8186 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
8188 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
8190 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8192 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
8195 if (info
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8197 ssymbuf1
= elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
8198 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
;
8202 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
8204 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8206 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8209 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& info
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8211 ssymbuf2
= elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
8212 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
;
8216 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
8218 /* Optimized faster version. */
8220 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
8221 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
8224 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
8229 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
8230 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8232 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8236 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
8243 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
8248 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
8249 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8251 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8255 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
8261 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8265 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
8267 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
8268 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8272 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
8273 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
8275 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
8276 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8282 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
8283 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
8285 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
8286 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8291 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8292 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8293 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8294 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8295 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8297 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8298 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8299 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
8300 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
8301 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8308 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8309 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8310 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8311 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8312 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8315 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8317 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8318 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
8319 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8322 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8323 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
8324 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8326 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8329 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8331 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
8332 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8334 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
8336 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
8337 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8339 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8340 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8341 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8342 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8343 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8345 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8346 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8347 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
8348 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
8349 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8363 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8366 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8367 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8371 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8372 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8375 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
8378 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
8380 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
8382 struct elf_final_link_info
8384 /* General link information. */
8385 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8388 /* Symbol string table. */
8389 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
8390 /* .hash section. */
8392 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
8393 asection
*symver_sec
;
8394 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
8396 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
8397 void *external_relocs
;
8398 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
8399 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8400 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
8402 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
8403 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
8404 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
8405 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
8407 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
8408 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
8409 of any input BFD. */
8411 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
8412 symbol of any input BFD. */
8413 asection
**sections
;
8414 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
8415 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
8416 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
8417 size_t filesym_count
;
8420 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
8422 struct elf_outext_info
8425 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
8426 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
8427 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
8431 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
8433 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
8434 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
8435 relocations themselves.
8437 The relocations use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
8438 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
8439 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
8440 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
8442 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (STT_RELC external / BSF_RELC
8443 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
8444 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
8445 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
8448 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
8449 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
8452 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
8453 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
8457 <binary-operator> := as in C
8458 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
8461 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
8462 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8467 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8469 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
8471 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
8473 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8475 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
8476 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
8478 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
8479 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
8480 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8481 sym
->st_value
= val
;
8484 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
8488 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
8489 to "defined" and give it a value. */
8491 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
8492 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
8493 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8494 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8495 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8496 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
8497 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
8498 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8502 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
8504 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8506 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8509 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8510 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
8511 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
8512 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8515 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8517 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
8521 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
8524 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
8525 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
8528 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
8529 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
8531 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
8533 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
8535 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
8536 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8538 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
8539 (unsigned long) *result
);
8545 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
8546 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
8547 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8551 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8552 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8554 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
8555 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8556 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8558 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
8559 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
8567 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
8568 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
8569 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
8572 resolve_section (const char *name
,
8580 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8581 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
8583 *result
= curr
->vma
;
8587 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
8588 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
8589 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8591 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
8592 if (len
> strlen (name
))
8595 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
8597 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
8599 *result
= (curr
->vma
8600 + curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, curr
));
8604 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
8612 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
8614 /* xgettext:c-format */
8615 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
8617 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8621 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
8624 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8626 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8635 const char *sym
= *symp
;
8637 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
8642 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
8644 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8657 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
8661 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
8665 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
8666 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
8668 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
8670 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8674 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
8675 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
8676 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
8678 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
8679 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
8680 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
8681 section", and likewise with symbol. */
8683 if (symbol_is_section
)
8685 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
8686 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8687 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
8689 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
8695 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8696 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
8697 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8700 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8707 /* All that remains are operators. */
8709 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8710 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8712 sym += strlen (#op); \
8716 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8717 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8720 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8726 #define BINARY_OP_HEAD(op) \
8727 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8729 sym += strlen (#op); \
8733 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8734 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8737 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8738 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8740 #define BINARY_OP_TAIL(op) \
8742 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8747 #define BINARY_OP(op) BINARY_OP_HEAD(op) BINARY_OP_TAIL(op)
8751 BINARY_OP_HEAD (<<);
8752 if (b
>= sizeof (a
) * CHAR_BIT
)
8758 BINARY_OP_TAIL (<<);
8759 BINARY_OP_HEAD (>>);
8760 if (b
>= sizeof (a
) * CHAR_BIT
)
8762 *result
= signed_p
&& (bfd_signed_vma
) a
< 0 ? -1 : 0;
8765 BINARY_OP_TAIL (>>);
8778 _bfd_error_handler (_("division by zero"));
8779 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8786 _bfd_error_handler (_("division by zero"));
8787 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8800 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8801 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8807 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8808 unsigned long chunksz
,
8813 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8815 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8820 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8824 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8828 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8829 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8835 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8836 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8849 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8850 unsigned long chunksz
,
8857 /* Sanity checks. */
8858 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8861 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8862 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8863 && location
!= NULL
);
8865 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8867 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8869 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8870 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8871 of the loop below. */
8875 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8877 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8882 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8885 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8888 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8892 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8903 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8904 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8905 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8906 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8907 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8908 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8909 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8910 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8911 unsigned long encoded
)
8913 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8914 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8915 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8916 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8917 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8918 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8919 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8920 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8923 bfd_reloc_status_type
8924 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8925 asection
*input_section
,
8927 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8930 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8931 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8932 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8933 bfd_size_type octets
;
8935 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8936 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8937 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8938 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8939 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8941 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8942 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8943 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8945 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8948 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8950 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8952 octets
= rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8953 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, contents
+ octets
);
8956 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8957 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8958 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8959 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8960 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8961 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8962 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8967 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8968 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8969 ? complain_overflow_signed
8970 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8971 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8975 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8978 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8979 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8980 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8981 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8982 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8983 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8985 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
, contents
+ octets
);
8989 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8990 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8991 know the value is aligned. */
8994 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
9001 const union aligned32
*a
9002 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
9004 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
9005 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
9006 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
9007 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
9012 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
9019 const union aligned32
*a
9020 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
9022 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
9023 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
9024 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
9025 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
9029 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
9031 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
9038 const union aligned64
*a
9039 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
9041 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
9042 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
9043 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
9044 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
9045 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
9046 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
9047 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
9048 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
9053 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
9060 const union aligned64
*a
9061 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
9063 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
9064 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
9065 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
9066 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
9067 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
9068 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
9069 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
9070 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
9075 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
9076 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
9077 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
9081 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
9083 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
9085 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9088 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9090 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
9091 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
9092 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
9094 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
9095 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
9097 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
9099 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
9100 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
9102 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
9104 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
9105 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
9110 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
9113 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9120 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
9124 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
9125 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
9127 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
9130 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
9133 if ((*rel_hash
)->indx
== -2
9134 && info
->gc_sections
9135 && ! info
->gc_keep_exported
)
9137 /* PR 21524: Let the user know if a symbol was removed by garbage collection. */
9138 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: relocation references symbol %s which was removed by garbage collection"),
9140 (*rel_hash
)->root
.root
.string
);
9141 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: try relinking with --gc-keep-exported enabled"),
9143 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9146 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
9148 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
9149 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
9150 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
9151 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
9152 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
9155 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
9156 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
9158 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
9160 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
9163 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
9164 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
9166 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9168 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
9169 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
9170 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
9171 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
9177 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
9178 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
9179 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
9180 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
9181 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
9187 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
9188 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
9189 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9190 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
9191 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
9192 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
9195 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
9196 speeding the main loop below. */
9197 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
9198 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
9200 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
9209 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
9210 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
9211 have the same r_offset. */
9212 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
9213 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
9214 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
9215 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
9218 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
9220 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
9221 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
9222 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
9224 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
9229 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
9230 from one of more input files. Files are not always
9231 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
9232 called. See pr17666. */
9233 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
9234 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
9235 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
9236 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
9237 while (p
+ runlen
< end
9238 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
9239 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
9240 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
9244 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
9248 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
9250 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
9251 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
9252 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
9256 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
9257 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
9258 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
9260 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
9263 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
9264 free (reldata
->hashes
);
9265 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
9271 struct elf_link_sort_rela
9277 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
9278 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
9279 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
9282 /* qsort stability here and for cmp2 is only an issue if multiple
9283 dynamic relocations are emitted at the same address. But targets
9284 that apply a series of dynamic relocations each operating on the
9285 result of the prior relocation can't use -z combreloc as
9286 implemented anyway. Such schemes tend to be broken by sorting on
9287 symbol index. That leaves dynamic NONE relocs as the only other
9288 case where ld might emit multiple relocs at the same address, and
9289 those are only emitted due to target bugs. */
9292 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
9294 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
9295 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
9296 int relativea
, relativeb
;
9298 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
9299 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
9301 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
9303 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
9305 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
9307 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
9309 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9311 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9317 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
9319 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
9320 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
9322 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
9324 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
9326 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
9328 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
9330 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9332 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9338 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
9340 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
9343 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
9344 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
9345 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
9346 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
9347 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9348 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9349 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
9350 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
9351 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
9352 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
9354 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
9356 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
9357 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
9358 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
9359 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
9360 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9362 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
9364 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
9365 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
9368 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
9369 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
9370 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9371 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9373 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9375 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9377 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9378 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9379 It is of no help to us. */
9383 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9384 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9386 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9387 "they are in more than one size"),
9389 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9395 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9399 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9401 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9402 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9404 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9405 "they are in more than one size"),
9407 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9413 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9418 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9419 something is wrong. */
9420 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9421 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9422 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9427 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9428 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9430 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9432 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9434 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9435 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9436 It is of no help to us. */
9440 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9441 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9443 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9444 "they are in more than one size"),
9446 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9452 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9456 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9458 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9459 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9461 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9462 "they are in more than one size"),
9464 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9470 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9475 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9476 something is wrong. */
9477 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9478 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9479 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9484 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
9488 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
9490 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9497 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
9498 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
9499 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
9500 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
9504 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
9505 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
9506 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
9507 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
9511 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9512 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9513 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
9515 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
9518 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
9519 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
9521 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
9524 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
9528 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
9529 (info
, _("not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
9533 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9534 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
9536 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
9538 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9539 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9541 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9542 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9544 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
9546 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
9547 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
9548 relocs in this case. */
9553 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9554 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
9556 while (erel
< erelend
)
9558 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9560 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
9561 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
9562 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
9568 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
9570 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9572 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9573 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
9579 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
9580 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9582 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9583 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
9585 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
9588 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
9590 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9591 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
9593 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
9594 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
9595 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
9596 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
9598 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
9600 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
9601 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
9602 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
9603 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
9604 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
9605 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
9611 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
9614 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
9619 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9620 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9622 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9623 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9626 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9627 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
9628 while (erel
< erelend
)
9630 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9631 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
9638 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
9642 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
9645 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
9647 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
9648 asection
*input_sec
,
9649 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9651 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
9652 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
9653 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
9654 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
9655 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9656 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
9658 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9660 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9661 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
9662 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
9664 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
9669 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9670 elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
;
9671 if (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym
->st_info
) == STB_GNU_UNIQUE
)
9672 elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_unique
;
9676 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
9677 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
9680 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
9681 to get the final offset for st_name. */
9682 char *versioned_name
= (char *) name
;
9683 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->versioned
== versioned
&& h
->def_dynamic
)
9685 /* Keep only one '@' for versioned symbols defined in shared
9687 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9688 char *base_end
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9689 if (version
!= base_end
)
9692 size_t len
= strlen (name
);
9693 versioned_name
= bfd_alloc (flinfo
->output_bfd
, len
);
9694 if (versioned_name
== NULL
)
9696 base_len
= base_end
- name
;
9697 memcpy (versioned_name
, name
, base_len
);
9698 memcpy (versioned_name
+ base_len
, version
,
9703 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9704 versioned_name
, FALSE
);
9705 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9709 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9710 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
9711 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9713 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
9714 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
9715 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
9717 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
9719 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
9722 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
9723 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
9724 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9725 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
9726 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
9728 flinfo
->output_bfd
->symcount
+= 1;
9729 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
9734 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
9738 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
9740 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9743 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9745 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9749 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9752 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9754 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9756 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9757 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
9761 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
9763 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
9764 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9765 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
9766 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
9773 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
9775 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9776 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9777 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9780 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9781 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9782 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9783 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9784 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9785 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9786 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9787 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9790 /* Allow the linker to examine the strtab and symtab now they are
9793 if (flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->examine_strtab
)
9794 flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->examine_strtab (hash_table
->strtab
,
9795 hash_table
->strtabcount
,
9798 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9799 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9800 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9801 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9802 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9804 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9812 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9813 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9818 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9821 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9823 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9824 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9826 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9829 /* xgettext:c-format */
9830 (_("%pB: too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9831 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9832 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9838 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9839 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9840 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9841 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9842 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9845 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9846 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9847 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9850 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9852 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9855 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9856 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9857 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9859 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9865 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9866 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9867 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9869 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9870 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9874 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9875 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9876 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9879 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9880 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9883 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9885 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dyn_loaded
;
9887 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9890 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9894 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9895 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9896 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9897 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9898 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9899 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9901 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9903 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9905 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9908 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9910 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9911 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9913 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9918 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9919 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9922 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9925 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9927 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9930 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9931 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9932 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9933 || (extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*)
9934 _bfd_malloc_and_read (input
, versymhdr
->sh_size
,
9935 versymhdr
->sh_size
)) == NULL
)
9941 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9942 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9943 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9946 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9947 unsigned short version_index
;
9949 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9950 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9953 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9956 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9959 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9961 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9963 && h
->forced_local
))
9965 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9966 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9967 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9972 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9973 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9975 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9989 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9992 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9994 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9995 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9997 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
10001 case elf_stt_common
:
10004 case no_elf_stt_common
:
10011 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
10012 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
10013 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
10014 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
10015 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
10019 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
10021 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
10022 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
10023 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
10025 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10026 asection
*input_sec
;
10027 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10032 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10034 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10035 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
10039 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
10040 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
10042 if (!h
->forced_local
)
10047 if (h
->forced_local
)
10051 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
10053 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
10055 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
10056 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
10057 references in regular files have already been handled unless
10058 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
10060 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
10062 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
10063 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
10064 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
10065 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
10067 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
10069 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
10070 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
10071 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
10072 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
10074 flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
10075 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
10076 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
, NULL
, 0,
10077 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_DIAGNOSE
10078 && !flinfo
->info
->warn_unresolved_syms
);
10081 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
10086 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
10087 shared libraries. */
10088 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
10093 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
10094 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
10098 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
10100 /* Check indirect symbol. */
10101 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
10102 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10104 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
10105 /* xgettext:c-format */
10106 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
10107 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
10108 /* xgettext:c-format */
10109 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
10111 /* xgettext:c-format */
10112 msg
= _("%pB: local symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
10113 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
10114 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10115 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10116 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
,
10117 h
->root
.root
.string
, def_bfd
);
10118 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10119 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10123 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
10124 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
10125 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
10130 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
10132 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
10134 && !h
->ref_regular
)
10136 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10138 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10139 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
10140 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
10142 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10143 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10144 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
10145 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
10146 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10147 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10148 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
10150 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
10151 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
10152 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
10153 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10158 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
10159 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
10160 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
10161 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
10163 && h
->dynindx
== -1
10164 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
10165 && !h
->forced_local
)
10169 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
10170 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
10171 switch (h
->root
.type
)
10174 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
10175 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
10179 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
10180 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
10181 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10182 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10185 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
10186 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
10188 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10189 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10192 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
10193 input_sec
->output_section
);
10194 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10197 /* xgettext:c-format */
10198 (_("%pB: could not find output section %pA for input section %pA"),
10199 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
10200 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
10201 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10205 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
10206 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
10208 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
10209 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10211 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
10212 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
10214 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
10215 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
10216 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
10222 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
10223 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
10224 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10225 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10230 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
10231 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
10232 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
10233 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
10236 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
10237 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
10238 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
10239 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
10240 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
10241 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
10242 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
10246 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10247 switch (h
->root
.type
)
10249 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
10250 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
10252 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
10253 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
10254 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
10255 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
10259 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
10260 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
10266 if (h
->forced_local
)
10268 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
10269 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
10270 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
10272 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
10273 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
10274 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
10275 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
10276 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10277 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
10279 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
10280 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
10282 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
10283 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
10284 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
10285 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
10286 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
10287 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
10289 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10290 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
10291 || h
->forced_local
)
10292 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
10293 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
10294 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
10295 || !h
->forced_local
)
10296 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
10298 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
10299 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
10301 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10306 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
10307 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
10308 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
10309 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
10310 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
10311 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
10312 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
10314 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
10315 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
10318 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
10320 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
10321 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
10324 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
10325 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
10327 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
10328 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
10331 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
10332 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
10333 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
10334 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
10335 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
10340 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
10341 locally, it is a fatal error. */
10342 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10343 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
10344 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
10345 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
10346 && !h
->def_regular
)
10350 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
10351 /* xgettext:c-format */
10352 msg
= _("%pB: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10353 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
10354 /* xgettext:c-format */
10355 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10357 /* xgettext:c-format */
10358 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10359 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10360 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10361 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10365 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
10366 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
10367 the entry in the .hash section. */
10368 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10369 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10370 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
10371 && !discarded_section (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
))
10375 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
10376 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
10377 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
10378 by shared library, or not bound locally. */
10379 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10380 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
10382 || !h
->def_regular
))
10384 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
10386 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
10389 /* xgettext:c-format */
10390 (_("%pB: no symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
10391 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10392 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10397 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
10398 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
10399 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10400 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
10402 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10405 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
10407 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
10409 size_t hash_entry_size
;
10410 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
10412 size_t bucketcount
;
10415 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
10416 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
10419 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
10420 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10421 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
10422 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
10423 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
10425 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
10426 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10427 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
10430 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
10432 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
10433 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
10435 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
10437 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10438 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
10439 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
10440 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
10442 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
10446 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
10447 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
10449 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
10450 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
10454 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
10455 defined locally. */
10456 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
10457 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
10459 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
10460 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
10461 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
10465 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
10466 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
10467 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
10468 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
10470 /* PR 22319 Do not strip global undefined symbols marked as being needed. */
10471 && (h
->mark
!= 1 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
)
10472 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10475 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
10479 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10482 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
10483 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
10484 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
10485 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
10486 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
10487 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
10488 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
10489 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
10490 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
10491 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
10493 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
10495 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
10496 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10497 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10498 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
10499 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
10502 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
10505 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
10506 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
10510 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10515 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
10521 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
10522 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
10525 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
10527 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10529 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10531 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10532 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10533 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10539 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
10540 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
10541 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
10547 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
10548 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
10549 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
10550 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
10551 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
10552 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
10553 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
10554 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
10557 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
10559 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
10562 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
10565 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
10568 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
10571 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
10574 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
10575 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10577 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
10578 asection
*s
= first
;
10582 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
10585 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
10593 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
10594 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
10598 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10602 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
10605 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
10606 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
10608 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
10609 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
10611 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
10616 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
10617 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
10618 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
10619 don't have to keep them in memory. */
10622 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
10624 int (*relocate_section
)
10625 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
10626 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
10628 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10629 size_t locsymcount
;
10631 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
10632 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
10633 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
10635 asection
**ppsection
;
10637 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10638 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
10639 bfd_size_type address_size
;
10640 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
10642 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
10644 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
10645 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10646 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
10648 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
10649 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
10651 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10654 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10655 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10657 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10662 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10663 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10666 /* Read the local symbols. */
10667 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10668 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
10670 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
10671 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
10672 flinfo
->external_syms
,
10673 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10674 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
10678 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
10679 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
10680 going into the output file. */
10681 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
10682 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
10684 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
10688 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
10694 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10696 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
10703 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
10704 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10705 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
10706 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10707 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
10708 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10711 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
10714 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
10715 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
10716 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10718 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
10719 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
10721 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
10722 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
10728 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
10729 output any undefined local symbol. */
10730 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
10733 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10735 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
10736 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
10741 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
10743 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10746 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
10747 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
10748 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
10749 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
10751 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
10754 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
10755 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
10756 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10757 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10758 && isec
->output_section
== NULL
10759 && flinfo
->info
->non_contiguous_regions
10760 && flinfo
->info
->non_contiguous_regions_warnings
)
10762 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions "
10763 "discards section `%s' from '%s'\n"),
10764 isec
->name
, bfd_get_filename (isec
->owner
));
10768 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10769 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10770 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
10771 isec
->output_section
))
10774 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
10775 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10780 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
10781 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10782 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10784 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10785 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10786 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10787 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10788 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10791 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10793 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10794 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10795 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10797 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10798 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10800 if (!have_file_sym
)
10802 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10803 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10804 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10805 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10806 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10807 source file, but the best we can do. */
10808 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10809 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10810 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10811 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10812 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10813 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10814 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10815 : bfd_get_filename (input_bfd
)),
10816 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10823 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10824 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10825 isec
->output_section
);
10826 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10829 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10830 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10831 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10832 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10833 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10834 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10835 these requirements. */
10836 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10837 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10839 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10840 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10842 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10843 if (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
)
10844 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10846 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (osym
.st_info
),
10851 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10852 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10859 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10861 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10867 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10872 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10873 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10874 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10876 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10878 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10880 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10884 if (!flinfo
->info
->resolve_section_groups
10885 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10887 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10888 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10889 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10890 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10892 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
));
10893 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10894 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10895 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10897 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10898 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10899 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10900 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10901 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10903 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10905 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10907 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10908 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10909 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10913 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10915 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10916 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10917 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10922 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10923 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10928 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10930 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10933 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10935 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10936 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10941 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10945 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10946 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10950 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10951 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10954 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10956 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10961 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10962 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10963 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10964 the routines which work on output files. */
10965 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10967 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10968 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10970 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10972 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10973 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10978 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10979 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10983 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10985 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10986 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10987 int action_discarded
;
10990 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10992 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10993 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10994 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10995 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10998 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10999 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
11000 if (o
->size
> address_size
11001 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
11002 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
11003 ".init_array") == 0)
11004 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
11005 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
11006 ".fini_array") == 0))
11007 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
11009 if (o
->size
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
11010 != o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
11013 /* xgettext:c-format */
11014 (_("error: %pB: size of section %pA is not "
11015 "multiple of address size"),
11017 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11020 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
11023 action_discarded
= -1;
11024 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
11025 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
11027 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
11028 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
11029 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
11030 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
11031 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
11033 rel
= internal_relocs
;
11034 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
;
11035 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
11037 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
11038 unsigned int s_type
;
11039 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
11040 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
11041 const char *sym_name
;
11043 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11046 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
11047 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
11048 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
11050 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
11052 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
11053 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
11054 we do not seg fault. */
11058 /* xgettext:c-format */
11059 (_("error: %pB contains a reloc (%#" PRIx64
") for section %pA "
11060 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
11061 input_bfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_info
, o
);
11062 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11066 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
11067 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11068 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11072 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
11073 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
11074 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
11075 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
11076 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
11077 if ((h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
11078 || h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
)
11079 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11080 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
11081 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
11082 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
11083 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
11084 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
11085 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
11087 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
11088 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
11092 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11093 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
11094 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11096 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
11100 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
11102 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
11103 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
11104 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
11108 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
11109 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11112 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
11113 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
11115 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
11116 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
11117 bfd_get_filename (input_bfd
), o
->name
,
11118 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
11119 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
11120 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
11121 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
11122 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
11123 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
11125 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
11126 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
11129 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
11130 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
11135 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
11137 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
11138 discarded section. */
11139 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
11141 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
11142 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
11143 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
11144 /* xgettext:c-format */
11145 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%pA' of %pB: "
11146 "defined in discarded section `%pA' of %pB\n"),
11147 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
11149 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
11150 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
11151 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
11152 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
11153 symbol here means we will be changing all later
11154 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
11155 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
11159 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
11171 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
11173 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
11174 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
11175 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
11176 reloc addend as necessary.
11178 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
11179 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
11181 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
11182 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
11183 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
11185 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
11186 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
11187 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
11188 corresponding to the output section, which will require
11189 the addend to be adjusted. */
11191 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
11192 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
11200 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
11201 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
11203 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
11204 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
11205 bfd_vma last_offset
;
11206 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
11207 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
11208 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
11209 unsigned int next_erel
;
11210 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
11211 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
11213 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
11214 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
11215 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
11217 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
11219 irela
= internal_relocs
;
11220 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
;
11221 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
11222 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
11223 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
11225 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11226 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
11227 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11228 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
11229 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
11230 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
11231 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11232 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
11233 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
11235 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11237 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
11239 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11245 if (irela
== irelamid
)
11247 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
11248 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
11249 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
11252 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
11255 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11257 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
11258 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
11259 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
11260 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
11262 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
11264 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
11268 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
11270 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
11271 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11272 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
11274 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
11276 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
11277 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11280 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
11281 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
11282 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
11284 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
11285 unsigned long indx
;
11287 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
11288 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
11289 we do not know the symbol index of any global
11290 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
11291 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
11292 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
11293 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
11294 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
11295 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
11296 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
11297 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11298 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11300 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
11301 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
11302 used by a reloc. */
11303 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
11310 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
11313 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
11314 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
11315 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
11317 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
11318 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
11319 processor specific section. */
11320 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
11321 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
11323 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
11325 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11330 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
11332 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
11333 section will be the absolute section. In
11334 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
11335 the kept section. relocate_section should
11336 have already handled discarded linkonce
11338 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
11339 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
11340 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
11342 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
11343 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
11346 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
11348 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
11349 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11351 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
11352 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
11354 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
11355 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
11360 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
11361 section winds up in the output section. */
11363 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11367 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
11369 unsigned long shlink
;
11374 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
11376 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
11377 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
11381 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
11382 since it is needed by a reloc, we
11383 must output it now. */
11384 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
11385 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
11386 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
11390 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
11392 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
11394 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
11397 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11398 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11400 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
11401 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
11403 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
11404 = elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
11406 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
11408 if (htab
->tls_sec
!= NULL
)
11409 sym
.st_value
-= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
11412 = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
),
11417 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
11418 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
11424 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
11429 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
11432 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
11433 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
11436 /* Swap out the relocs. */
11437 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
11438 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11440 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11445 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
11446 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11447 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
11450 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
11451 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11453 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11462 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
11463 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
11464 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
11467 /* Section written out. */
11469 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
11471 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11472 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
11474 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
11475 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
11478 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
11479 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
11480 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
11483 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11485 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
11490 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
11492 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
11500 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
11502 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
11503 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
11505 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
, o
);
11507 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
11509 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
11512 todo
-= address_size
;
11513 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11521 offset
+= address_size
;
11525 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11539 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
11540 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
11541 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
11545 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11546 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11547 asection
*output_section
,
11548 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
11550 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
11554 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
11555 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
11556 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
11557 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
11558 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
11561 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
11563 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
11566 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11570 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
11573 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
11574 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
11575 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
11582 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
11583 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
11584 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11586 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
11587 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
11588 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11592 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11594 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
11595 actually against the section. */
11596 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
11597 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
11598 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
11599 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
11601 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11602 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11606 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11607 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
11608 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11609 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
11610 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
11611 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
11612 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
11614 else if (h
!= NULL
)
11616 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
11617 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
11624 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
11625 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
11630 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
11632 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
11634 bfd_size_type size
;
11635 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
11638 const char *sym_name
;
11639 bfd_size_type octets
;
11641 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
11642 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
11643 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
11645 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
11652 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11655 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11656 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11657 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
11659 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
11660 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
11661 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
11666 octets
= link_order
->offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
,
11668 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
11675 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
11676 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
11678 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
11679 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11680 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
11682 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
11684 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
11685 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
11686 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
11688 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11689 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11691 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11693 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
11694 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
11695 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
11697 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
11698 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11702 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
11703 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
11704 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11713 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
11714 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
11717 compare_link_order (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11719 const struct bfd_link_order
*alo
= *(const struct bfd_link_order
**) a
;
11720 const struct bfd_link_order
*blo
= *(const struct bfd_link_order
**) b
;
11721 asection
*asec
= elf_linked_to_section (alo
->u
.indirect
.section
);
11722 asection
*bsec
= elf_linked_to_section (blo
->u
.indirect
.section
);
11723 bfd_vma apos
= asec
->output_section
->lma
+ asec
->output_offset
;
11724 bfd_vma bpos
= bsec
->output_section
->lma
+ bsec
->output_offset
;
11731 /* The only way we should get matching LMAs is when the first of two
11732 sections has zero size. */
11733 if (asec
->size
< bsec
->size
)
11735 if (asec
->size
> bsec
->size
)
11738 /* If they are both zero size then they almost certainly have the same
11739 VMA and thus are not ordered with respect to each other. Test VMA
11740 anyway, and fall back to id to make the result reproducible across
11741 qsort implementations. */
11742 apos
= asec
->output_section
->vma
+ asec
->output_offset
;
11743 bpos
= bsec
->output_section
->vma
+ bsec
->output_offset
;
11749 return asec
->id
- bsec
->id
;
11753 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
11754 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
11755 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
11756 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
11759 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
11761 size_t seen_linkorder
;
11764 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11766 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
11767 asection
*other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
11768 bfd_vma offset
; /* Octets. */
11771 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
11773 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11774 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11776 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11778 asection
*s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11780 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
11781 && bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11782 && elf_section_data (s
) != NULL
11783 && elf_linked_to_section (s
) != NULL
)
11797 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11799 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11801 /* xgettext:c-format */
11802 (_("%pA has both ordered [`%pA' in %pB] "
11803 "and unordered [`%pA' in %pB] sections"),
11804 o
, linkorder_sec
, linkorder_sec
->owner
,
11805 other_sec
, other_sec
->owner
);
11808 (_("%pA has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11809 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11814 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11817 sections
= bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (*sections
));
11818 if (sections
== NULL
)
11821 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11822 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11823 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11825 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11826 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (*sections
), compare_link_order
);
11828 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11830 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11833 asection
*s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11834 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, s
);
11836 mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
* opb
;
11837 offset
= (offset
+ ~mask
) & mask
;
11838 sections
[n
]->offset
= s
->output_offset
= offset
/ opb
;
11839 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11846 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11847 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11850 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11852 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11854 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11856 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11858 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11862 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11865 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11866 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11868 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11871 /* Use flag from executable but make it a relocatable object. */
11872 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11873 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11874 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11875 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
& ~EXEC_P
))
11878 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11879 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11880 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11881 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11882 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11883 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11886 /* Get symbol table size. */
11887 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11891 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11892 sympp
= (asymbol
**) bfd_malloc (symsize
);
11896 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11900 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11901 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11902 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11905 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11906 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11907 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11910 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no symbol found for import library"),
11920 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11921 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (*osymbuf
);
11922 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc (implib_bfd
, amt
);
11923 if (osymbuf
== NULL
)
11926 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11928 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11929 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11930 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11931 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11932 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11933 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11934 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11935 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11938 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11940 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11941 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11942 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11943 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11946 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11957 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11961 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11962 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11963 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11964 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11965 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11966 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11967 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11968 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11969 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11970 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11971 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1)
11972 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11973 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11975 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11976 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11977 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11981 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11984 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11986 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11987 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11989 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11991 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11993 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11994 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11995 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11996 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11997 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11998 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
12000 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12001 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
12002 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12003 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
12004 bfd_boolean merged
;
12005 size_t relativecount
= 0;
12006 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
12008 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
12009 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
12010 const char *std_attrs_section
;
12011 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
12012 bfd_boolean sections_removed
;
12014 if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
12017 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
12018 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
12020 dynamic
= htab
->dynamic_sections_created
;
12021 dynobj
= htab
->dynobj
;
12023 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
12024 || info
->emitrelocations
);
12026 flinfo
.info
= info
;
12027 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
12028 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
12029 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
12034 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
12035 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
12039 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
12040 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
12041 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
12042 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
12045 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
12046 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
12047 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
12048 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
12049 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
12050 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
12051 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
12052 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
12053 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
12054 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
12056 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
12057 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
12059 sections_removed
= FALSE
;
12060 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
12061 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12063 bfd_boolean remove_section
= FALSE
;
12065 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
12066 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
12068 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12070 asection
*input_section
;
12072 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
12074 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12075 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
12076 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
12077 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12080 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
12081 bfd_set_section_size (o
, attr_size
);
12082 /* Skip this section later on. */
12083 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
12087 remove_section
= TRUE
;
12089 else if ((o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0 && o
->size
== 0)
12091 /* Remove empty group section from linker output. */
12092 remove_section
= TRUE
;
12094 if (remove_section
)
12096 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
12097 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
12098 abfd
->section_count
--;
12099 sections_removed
= TRUE
;
12102 if (sections_removed
)
12103 _bfd_fix_excluded_sec_syms (abfd
, info
);
12105 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
12106 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
12107 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
12108 max_contents_size
= 0;
12109 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
12110 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
12112 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
12114 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12116 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12117 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12119 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12121 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
12122 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
12123 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
12125 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
12126 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
12128 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
12132 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12134 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
12135 link. This will normally be every section. We need
12136 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
12137 the linker has decided to not include. */
12138 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
12140 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12143 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
12144 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
12145 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
12146 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
12148 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
12149 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
12153 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
12155 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
12156 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
12157 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
12159 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
12161 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
12162 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
12164 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
12165 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
12166 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
12168 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
12169 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
12170 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
12171 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
12172 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
12174 else if (emit_relocs
)
12176 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
12177 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
12180 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
12181 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
12184 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
12185 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
12187 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
12189 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
12191 size_t ext_size
= 0;
12193 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
12194 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
12195 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
12196 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
12198 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
12199 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
12200 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
12201 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
12206 if (reloc_count
== 0)
12209 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
12210 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
12212 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
12216 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
12217 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
12219 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
12221 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
12222 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
12228 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
12230 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
12234 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
12235 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12238 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
12239 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
12240 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
12241 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
12244 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
12245 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
12246 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
12247 sections are handled correctly. */
12248 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
12249 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
12253 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
12254 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
12256 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
12257 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
12258 to create a symbol table. */
12259 abfd
->symcount
= info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
12260 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
12261 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
12264 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
12265 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12267 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12268 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
12271 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
12275 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
12279 /* _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions makes temporary use
12280 of target_index. Reset it. */
12281 o
->target_index
= 0;
12283 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
12284 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
12285 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
12286 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
12288 if ((esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
12289 && !bfd_section_is_ctf (o
))
12291 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
12292 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
12293 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
12294 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
12295 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
12298 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
12299 if (contents
== NULL
)
12301 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12305 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except .symtab,
12306 .strtab, and non-loaded reloc and compressed debugging sections. We start
12307 the .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly to it.
12308 We build the .strtab section in memory. */
12309 abfd
->symcount
= 0;
12310 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12311 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
12312 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
12313 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
12314 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12315 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
12316 /* sh_info is set below. */
12317 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12318 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12320 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
12321 max_sym_count
= 20;
12322 htab
->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
12323 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
12324 htab
->strtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12325 if (htab
->strtab
== NULL
)
12327 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
12329 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
12330 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
12332 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
12334 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
12337 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
12339 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
12341 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
12342 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
12343 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
12345 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
12347 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
12348 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
12349 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
12350 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
12351 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
12352 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12353 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
12354 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
12357 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
12358 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
12359 symbols usually have no names. We store the index of each one in
12360 the index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
12361 outputting relocs. */
12363 name_local_sections
12364 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
12365 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
12368 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
12369 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12370 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
12371 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
12372 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12373 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12375 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
12378 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12379 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
12380 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12381 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
12382 if (name_local_sections
)
12384 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, name
, &elfsym
, o
,
12391 /* On some targets like Irix 5 the symbol split between local and global
12392 ones recorded in the sh_info field needs to be done between section
12393 and all other symbols. */
12394 if (bed
->elf_backend_elfsym_local_is_section
12395 && bed
->elf_backend_elfsym_local_is_section (abfd
))
12396 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12398 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
12400 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
12402 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
12403 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
12407 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
12409 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
12410 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
12414 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
12416 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
12417 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12418 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12422 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
12424 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12425 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12426 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
12429 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
12430 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12431 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
12434 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
12435 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12436 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
12439 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
12440 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12441 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
12445 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
12447 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12448 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12449 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
12455 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0; /* Both bytes. */
12458 for (sec
= htab
->tls_sec
;
12459 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
12462 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
12463 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
);
12466 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
12468 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
12471 size
= ord
->offset
* opb
+ ord
->size
;
12473 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
/ opb
;
12475 base
= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
12476 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
12477 alignment requirements. */
12478 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
12479 end
= align_power (end
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
12480 htab
->tls_size
= end
- base
;
12483 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
12484 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12486 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
12490 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
12493 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
12494 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
12495 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
12496 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
12497 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
12499 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
12500 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
12501 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
12502 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
12503 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
12504 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
12505 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
12506 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
12507 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
12508 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
12509 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
12510 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
12511 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
12513 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12514 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
12515 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12517 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12519 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12520 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
12521 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12522 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12524 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
12526 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
12528 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
12531 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
12532 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
12534 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12539 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12541 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12542 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
12543 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12544 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
12545 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
12547 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
12549 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12551 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12552 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12553 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12557 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
12559 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12560 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12561 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12565 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12567 /* xgettext:c-format */
12568 (_("%pB: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
12569 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
12578 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
12579 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
12581 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12582 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12584 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
12585 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
12589 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
12590 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
12591 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
12592 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
12593 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
12594 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
12595 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12596 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12597 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
12598 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
12599 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12603 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
12604 table, do it now. */
12605 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
12606 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12608 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12609 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12610 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12612 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
12613 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12614 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12618 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
12619 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
12620 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
12621 converted to local in a version script. */
12623 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
12624 if (!symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
12625 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12628 && htab
->dynsym
!= NULL
12629 && htab
->dynsym
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12631 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
12632 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= htab
->dynsym
->contents
;
12634 o
= htab
->dynsym
->output_section
;
12635 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= htab
->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
12637 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
12638 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12639 || htab
->is_relocatable_executable
)
12645 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12647 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12649 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12655 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
12658 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
12659 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
12660 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
12661 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12663 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
12664 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12665 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12669 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
12670 if (htab
->dynlocal
)
12672 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
12673 for (e
= htab
->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12678 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
12679 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
12680 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
12682 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
12683 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
12685 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
12688 && s
->output_section
!= NULL
12689 && elf_section_data (s
->output_section
) != NULL
)
12692 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12693 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12695 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
12697 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
12700 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12701 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12706 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
12707 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12708 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
12709 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12710 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12714 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
12715 table, do it now. */
12716 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
12717 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12719 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12720 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12721 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12723 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
12724 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12725 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12729 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
12730 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12732 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
12733 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
12736 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
12737 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
12739 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
12741 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
= NULL
;
12742 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
12744 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
12746 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
12748 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
12750 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
12751 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12752 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12753 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12754 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
12756 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
12759 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12760 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
12765 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
12766 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
12767 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
12768 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
12769 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
12770 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12771 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
12772 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
12773 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
12774 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12775 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
12777 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
12779 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
12781 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12782 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
12786 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
12788 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: failed to generate import library"),
12789 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
12793 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
12794 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12796 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12799 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
12802 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
12803 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
12804 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
, info
))
12806 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
12807 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
, info
))
12810 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
12811 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
12812 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12815 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12816 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12818 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12819 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12822 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12824 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12825 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12826 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12828 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12829 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12830 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12832 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12835 bfd_size_type sh_size
;
12838 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12845 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12847 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12849 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12850 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12853 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12860 name
= info
->init_function
;
12863 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12866 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12868 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12870 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12871 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12873 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12874 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12875 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12876 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12877 + o
->output_offset
);
12880 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12881 library and does not apply to this one. */
12882 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12889 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12890 name
= ".preinit_array";
12892 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12893 name
= ".init_array";
12895 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12896 name
= ".fini_array";
12898 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12902 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12907 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12908 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12911 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12912 name
= ".preinit_array";
12914 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12915 name
= ".init_array";
12917 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12918 name
= ".fini_array";
12920 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12927 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12936 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12939 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12942 name
= ".gnu.version";
12944 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12946 if (o
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12949 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12952 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12955 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12956 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12959 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12966 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12972 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12974 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12976 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12977 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12978 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12980 sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12982 || sh_addr
> hdr
->sh_addr
)
12983 sh_addr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12987 if (bed
->dtrel_excludes_plt
&& htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
)
12989 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, o
);
12991 /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
12992 overall reloc count. */
12993 sh_size
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12995 /* If the size is zero, make the address zero too.
12996 This is to avoid a glibc bug. If the backend
12997 emits DT_RELA/DT_RELASZ even when DT_RELASZ is
12998 zero, then we'll put DT_RELA at the end of
12999 DT_JMPREL. glibc will interpret the end of
13000 DT_RELA matching the end of DT_JMPREL as the
13001 case where DT_RELA includes DT_JMPREL, and for
13002 LD_BIND_NOW will decide that processing DT_RELA
13003 will process the PLT relocs too. Net result:
13004 No PLT relocs applied. */
13007 /* If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, exclude
13008 it from DT_RELA. */
13009 else if (sh_addr
== (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
13010 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
) * opb
)
13011 sh_addr
+= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
13014 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
13015 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= sh_size
;
13017 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= sh_addr
;
13020 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
13024 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
13025 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
13027 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
13030 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
13031 if (bfd_link_textrel_check (info
)
13032 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
13034 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
13036 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
13037 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
13038 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
13040 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
13042 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
13044 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
13046 if (info
->textrel_check
== textrel_check_error
)
13047 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13048 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations\n"));
13049 else if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
13050 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13051 (_("%P: warning: creating DT_TEXTREL in a shared object\n"));
13053 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13054 (_("%P: warning: creating DT_TEXTREL in a PIE\n"));
13060 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13062 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
13064 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
13066 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13068 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
13069 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
13072 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
13074 if (htab
->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
13076 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
13078 bfd_size_type octets
= ((file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
13079 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, o
));
13080 if (!bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
13081 o
->contents
, octets
, o
->size
))
13086 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
13090 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
13091 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
13092 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, htab
->dynstr
))
13098 if (!info
->resolve_section_groups
)
13100 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
13102 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (info
));
13103 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
13108 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
13109 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
13111 if (!_bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
))
13115 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
13118 if (info
->callbacks
->emit_ctf
)
13119 info
->callbacks
->emit_ctf ();
13121 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
13125 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
13126 if (contents
== NULL
)
13127 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
13128 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
13129 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
13136 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
13140 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
13143 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13144 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
13146 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13147 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13149 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13150 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13152 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
13153 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13154 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
13155 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
13157 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13158 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
13162 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13163 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13166 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
13167 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
13169 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
13171 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13172 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
13174 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13175 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
13177 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
13179 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
13182 if (info
->keep_memory
)
13183 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
13188 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
13191 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
13193 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13195 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13196 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
13197 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
13200 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
13201 of input bfd ABFD. */
13204 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13205 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
13208 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
13210 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
13211 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
13215 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
13216 info
->keep_memory
);
13217 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
13219 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
13220 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13222 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
13226 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
13230 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13233 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
13234 free (cookie
->rels
);
13237 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
13240 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13241 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13244 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
13246 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
13251 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
13256 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
13260 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13263 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
13264 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
13267 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
13269 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
13272 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
13273 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13274 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13275 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13276 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13280 switch (h
->root
.type
)
13282 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13283 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13284 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13286 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13287 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
13294 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
13299 /* Return the debug definition section. */
13302 elf_gc_mark_debug_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13303 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13304 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13305 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13306 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13310 /* Return the global debug definition section. */
13311 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13312 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13313 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13314 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13318 /* Return the local debug definition section. */
13319 asection
*isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
,
13321 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13328 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
13329 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
13330 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
13333 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
13334 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
13335 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13336 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
13338 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13339 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hw
;
13341 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13342 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13345 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
13346 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13348 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
13351 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %pB\n"),
13355 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13356 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13357 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13359 /* Keep all aliases of the symbol too. If an object symbol
13360 needs to be copied into .dynbss then all of its aliases
13361 should be present as dynamic symbols, not just the one used
13362 on the copy relocation. */
13364 while (hw
->is_weakalias
)
13370 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
13372 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark XXX input sections
13373 when there is a reference to __start_XXX or __stop_XXX
13377 asection
*s
= h
->u2
.start_stop_section
;
13378 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
13383 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
13386 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
13387 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
13390 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
13391 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
13392 the relocation symbol. */
13395 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13397 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
13398 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
13401 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
13403 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
13404 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
13406 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
13408 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13409 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
13411 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13416 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
13421 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
13422 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
13423 which define symbols to which it refers. */
13426 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13428 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
13431 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
13435 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
13436 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
13437 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
13438 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13441 /* Look through the section relocs. */
13443 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
13444 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
13445 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
13446 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
13448 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13450 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13454 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
13455 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13460 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13464 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
13466 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13468 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
13472 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
13473 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13475 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
13479 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
13480 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
13481 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
13487 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
13490 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
13492 /* Point to first section of section group. */
13494 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
13497 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
13498 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
13500 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
13501 and special section. */
13502 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
13505 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13506 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
13508 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
13509 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
13511 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13513 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13515 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
13516 keep all sections in this group. */
13517 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
13522 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13524 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13528 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
13531 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13532 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook
)
13536 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13539 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
13540 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
13541 bfd_boolean has_kept_debug_info
;
13543 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13545 isec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13546 if (isec
== NULL
|| isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13549 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
13550 see if any other section is already marked,
13551 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
13552 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= has_kept_debug_info
= FALSE
;
13553 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13555 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
13557 else if (isec
->gc_mark
13558 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
13559 && elf_section_type (isec
) != SHT_NOTE
)
13563 /* Since all sections, except for backend specific ones,
13564 have been garbage collected, call mark_hook on this
13565 section if any of its linked-to sections is marked. */
13566 asection
*linked_to_sec
= elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
13567 for (; linked_to_sec
!= NULL
;
13568 linked_to_sec
= elf_linked_to_section (linked_to_sec
))
13569 if (linked_to_sec
->gc_mark
)
13571 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, isec
, mark_hook
))
13577 if (!debug_frag_seen
13578 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
13579 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
13580 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
13581 else if (strcmp (bfd_section_name (isec
),
13582 "__patchable_function_entries") == 0
13583 && elf_linked_to_section (isec
) == NULL
)
13584 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: %pB(%pA): error: "
13585 "need linked-to section "
13586 "for --gc-sections\n"),
13587 isec
->owner
, isec
);
13590 /* If no non-note alloc section in this file will be kept, then
13591 we can toss out the debug and special sections. */
13595 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
13596 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
13597 just debug sections or special sections. NB: Sections with
13598 linked-to section has been handled above. */
13599 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13601 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13602 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
13603 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
13604 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
13605 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
13606 && elf_linked_to_section (isec
) == NULL
)
13608 if (isec
->gc_mark
&& (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13609 has_kept_debug_info
= TRUE
;
13612 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
13613 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
13614 are associated with that code section. */
13615 if (debug_frag_seen
)
13616 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13617 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
13618 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
13623 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
13625 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug
13626 section containing the name of the code section as
13627 a suffix. For example .debug_line.text.foo is a
13628 debug section associated with .text.foo. */
13629 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
13633 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
13634 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13637 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
13640 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
13641 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
13646 /* Mark debug sections referenced by kept debug sections. */
13647 if (has_kept_debug_info
)
13648 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13650 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13651 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, isec
,
13652 elf_gc_mark_debug_section
))
13659 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13662 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13664 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13668 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13669 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (info
))
13670 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13673 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13676 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13678 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
13679 sections in the section group. If the first member of
13680 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
13682 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13684 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
13685 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
13691 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
13692 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
13695 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
13696 to remove a section from the output. */
13697 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13699 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
13700 /* xgettext:c-format */
13701 _bfd_error_handler (_("removing unused section '%pA' in file '%pB'"),
13709 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
13710 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
13713 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13715 /* Those that are not vtables. */
13717 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13718 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13721 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
13722 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
13725 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
13726 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
&& h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[-1])
13729 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
13730 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
, okp
);
13732 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
== NULL
)
13734 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
13736 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13737 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
;
13742 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
13744 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
13745 cu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13747 pu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13750 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13751 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13753 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
13754 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13755 n
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
13770 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13773 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
13774 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
13775 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13776 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13778 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
13779 well as those that are not loaded. */
13781 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13782 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13785 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13786 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
13788 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13789 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13790 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13792 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13794 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13795 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13796 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13798 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13800 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13801 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13803 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13804 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
13805 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13807 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13808 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[entry
])
13811 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13812 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13818 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13819 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13823 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13825 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13826 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13828 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13829 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13830 && ((h
->ref_dynamic
&& !h
->forced_local
)
13831 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13832 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13833 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13834 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13835 || info
->gc_keep_exported
13836 || info
->export_dynamic
13839 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13840 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13841 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13842 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13843 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13848 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13849 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13852 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13854 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13856 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13858 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13860 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13861 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13864 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13865 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13866 && !bfd_is_const_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13867 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13872 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13873 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13875 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13877 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13880 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13882 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13884 sec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13885 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13888 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13891 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13893 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13894 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13896 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13897 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13904 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13907 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13909 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13911 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13912 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13913 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13915 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13916 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13918 _bfd_error_handler(_("warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13922 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13923 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13925 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13926 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13927 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13928 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13929 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13932 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13934 sec
= sub
->sections
;
13935 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13937 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13938 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13940 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13941 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13942 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13943 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13944 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13945 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13949 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13950 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13954 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13955 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13959 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13960 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
|| info
->gc_keep_exported
)
13961 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13963 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13964 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13965 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13969 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13970 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
13971 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13975 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13978 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13979 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13980 of a group. We must keep all PREINIT_ARRAY, INIT_ARRAY as
13981 well as FINI_ARRAY sections for ld -r. */
13982 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13984 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13985 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13986 || (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13987 && ((elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13988 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
13989 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13991 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13992 == SHT_FINI_ARRAY
)))
13993 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13994 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13996 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
14001 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
14002 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
14004 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
14005 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
14008 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
14011 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
14013 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
14016 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
14017 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
14018 size_t extsymcount
;
14019 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14021 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
14022 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
14024 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
14025 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
14026 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
14028 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
14029 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
14031 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
14032 offset as the relocation. */
14033 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
14035 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
14036 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14037 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14038 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
14039 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
14043 /* xgettext:c-format */
14044 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %pA+%#" PRIx64
": no symbol found for INHERIT"),
14045 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) offset
);
14046 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
14050 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
14052 child
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
14053 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->u2
.vtable
)));
14054 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
14059 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
14060 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
14061 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
14062 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
14064 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
14067 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= h
;
14072 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
14075 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
14076 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
14079 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14080 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
14084 /* xgettext:c-format */
14085 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: section '%pA': corrupt VTENTRY entry"),
14087 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14093 h
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
14094 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->u2
.vtable
)));
14099 if (addend
>= h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
14101 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
14102 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
14104 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
14106 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
14107 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
14108 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
14112 if (addend
>= size
)
14114 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
14115 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
14116 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
14119 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
14121 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
14122 consolidation pass. */
14123 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
14127 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
14133 oldbytes
= (((h
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
14134 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
14135 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
14139 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
14144 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
14145 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
14146 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= size
;
14149 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
14154 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
14158 flagword flag_value
;
14159 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
14161 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
14163 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
14164 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
14165 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
14166 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
14167 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
14168 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
14169 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
14170 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
14171 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
14172 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
14173 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
14174 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
14177 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
14179 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14180 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
14183 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
14185 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
14187 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
14188 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
14189 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
14191 int without_hex
= 0;
14193 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
14196 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
14198 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
14199 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
14201 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
14205 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
14206 with_hex
|= hexval
;
14207 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
14208 without_hex
|= hexval
;
14213 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
14215 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
14217 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
14218 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
14219 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
14220 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
14227 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14228 (_("unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
14232 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
14233 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
14234 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
14237 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
14240 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
14246 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
14248 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
14251 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
14252 to real got offsets. */
14255 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
14257 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
14258 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
14259 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
14261 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
14263 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
14264 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
14267 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
14272 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
14273 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
14276 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
14277 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14280 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14282 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
14284 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
14286 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
14289 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
14290 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
14291 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
14294 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
14296 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
14297 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
14299 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
14300 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
14301 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14303 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14306 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
14310 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
14311 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
14312 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
14314 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14316 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
14318 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
14320 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
14321 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
14324 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
14328 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
14329 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
14330 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
14331 gofarg
.info
= info
;
14332 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
14333 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
14338 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
14339 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
14342 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14344 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
14347 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14348 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
14352 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
14354 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
14356 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
14357 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
14359 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
14361 unsigned long r_symndx
;
14363 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
14364 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
14366 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
14369 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
14370 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
14373 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
14374 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
14376 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14378 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
14380 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
14381 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
14382 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
14384 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14385 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14386 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
14387 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
14388 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
14393 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
14394 but it could be a relocation against a local
14395 symbol for a discarded section. */
14397 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
14399 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
14400 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
14401 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
14403 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
14404 || discarded_section (isec
)))
14412 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
14413 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
14414 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
14415 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
14418 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14420 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
14425 if (info
->traditional_format
14426 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
14429 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
14434 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14437 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
14438 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
14442 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14445 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14448 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
14449 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
14450 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14454 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14459 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14460 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
14464 int eh_changed
= 0;
14465 unsigned int eh_alignment
; /* Octets. */
14467 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14473 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14476 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14479 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
14480 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
14481 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14485 if (i
->size
!= i
->rawsize
)
14489 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14492 eh_alignment
= ((1 << o
->alignment_power
)
14493 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
, o
));
14494 /* Skip over zero terminator, and prevent empty sections from
14495 adding alignment padding at the end. */
14496 for (i
= o
->map_tail
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14498 i
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
14499 else if (i
->size
> 4)
14501 /* The last non-empty eh_frame section doesn't need padding. */
14504 /* Any prior sections must pad the last FDE out to the output
14505 section alignment. Otherwise we might have zero padding
14506 between sections, which would be seen as a terminator. */
14507 for (; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14509 /* All but the last zero terminator should have been removed. */
14514 = (i
->size
+ eh_alignment
- 1) & -eh_alignment
;
14515 if (i
->size
!= size
)
14523 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
14524 _bfd_elf_adjust_eh_frame_global_symbol
, NULL
);
14527 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
14529 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14532 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14534 s
= abfd
->sections
;
14535 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
14538 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14540 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
14542 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
14545 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
14548 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
14552 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14553 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
14555 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
14556 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14557 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
14564 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
14566 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14569 const char *name
, *key
;
14570 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
14571 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
14573 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
14576 flags
= sec
->flags
;
14578 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
14579 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
14580 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
14583 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
14584 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
14585 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
14588 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
14590 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14591 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
14592 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
14593 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
14596 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
14597 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
14598 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
14601 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
14602 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
14603 single member groups. */
14607 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
14609 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14611 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
14612 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
14613 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
14614 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
14615 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
14616 type of section. */
14617 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14618 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14619 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
14620 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
14621 || (sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
14623 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
14624 issue a warning. */
14625 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
14628 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14630 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14631 asection
*s
= first
;
14635 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14636 /* Record which group discards it. */
14637 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14638 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
14639 /* These lists are circular. */
14649 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
14650 linkonce section and vice versa. */
14651 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
14653 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14655 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
14656 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
14657 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14658 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14659 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
14661 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14662 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14663 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14668 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
14669 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14670 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14672 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
14675 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
14676 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
14678 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14679 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
14684 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
14685 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
14686 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
14687 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
14688 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
14689 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
14690 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
14691 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
14692 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
14693 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
14694 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
14696 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
14697 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14698 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14699 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
14701 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
14702 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14706 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
14707 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
14708 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
14709 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14713 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14715 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
14719 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14725 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14727 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
14731 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
14732 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14733 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14734 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14735 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14737 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14738 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
14741 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
14743 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
14745 static const char *
14746 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
14748 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14751 const char *old_name
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
14752 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
14754 if (old_name
== NULL
)
14757 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
14758 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
14763 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
14764 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
14765 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
14769 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
14771 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14773 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14775 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14777 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14781 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
14783 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14784 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14791 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
14792 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
14793 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
14796 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
14797 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
14798 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
14799 string table associated with ABFD. */
14802 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
14804 unsigned int alignment
,
14806 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14808 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14810 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14812 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14817 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
14819 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14821 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
14822 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
14823 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
14824 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
14826 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
14827 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14829 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
14830 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
14831 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
14832 seen to be a .rela section. */
14833 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
14834 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (reloc_sec
, alignment
))
14839 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14845 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
14846 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
14847 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
14848 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
14850 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
14851 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
14852 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
14854 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
14855 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
14856 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
14858 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
14859 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14861 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14862 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14865 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14868 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14870 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14871 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14872 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14873 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14876 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14879 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14881 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14882 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14883 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14884 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14887 /* Define __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbol. */
14889 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
14890 bfd_elf_define_start_stop (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14891 const char *symbol
, asection
*sec
)
14893 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14895 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), symbol
,
14896 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14897 /* NB: Common symbols will be turned into definition later. */
14899 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
14900 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
14901 || ((h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_dynamic
)
14903 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)))
14905 bfd_boolean was_dynamic
= h
->ref_dynamic
|| h
->def_dynamic
;
14906 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
14907 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14908 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= sec
;
14909 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
14910 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14911 h
->def_dynamic
= 0;
14913 h
->u2
.start_stop_section
= sec
;
14914 if (symbol
[0] == '.')
14916 /* .startof. and .sizeof. symbols are local. */
14917 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14918 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
14919 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
14923 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
14924 h
->other
= ((h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
14925 | info
->start_stop_visibility
);
14927 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
14934 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
14937 _bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
14939 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
14941 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14943 asection
*s
= p
->sec
->output_section
;
14945 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
14951 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
14952 read-only sections. */
14955 _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
14959 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
14962 sec
= _bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
);
14965 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
14967 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
14968 /* xgettext:c-format */
14969 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' "
14970 "in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
14971 sec
->owner
, h
->root
.root
.string
, sec
);
14973 if (bfd_link_textrel_check (info
))
14974 /* xgettext:c-format */
14975 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P: %pB: warning: relocation against `%s' "
14976 "in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
14977 sec
->owner
, h
->root
.root
.string
, sec
);
14979 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
14985 /* Add dynamic tags. */
14988 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_tags (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14989 bfd_boolean need_dynamic_reloc
)
14991 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
14993 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
14995 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
14996 values later, in finish_dynamic_sections, but we must add
14997 the entries now so that we get the correct size for the
14998 .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
14999 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
15000 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
15001 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
15003 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
15004 = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
15006 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
15008 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
15012 if (htab
->dt_pltgot_required
|| htab
->splt
->size
!= 0)
15014 /* DT_PLTGOT is used by prelink even if there is no PLT
15016 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
15020 if (htab
->dt_jmprel_required
|| htab
->srelplt
->size
!= 0)
15022 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
15023 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
,
15024 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
15025 ? DT_RELA
: DT_REL
))
15026 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0))
15030 if (htab
->tlsdesc_plt
15031 && (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TLSDESC_PLT
, 0)
15032 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_TLSDESC_GOT
, 0)))
15035 if (need_dynamic_reloc
)
15037 if (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
)
15039 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
15040 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
15041 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
,
15042 bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
15047 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_REL
, 0)
15048 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELSZ
, 0)
15049 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELENT
,
15050 bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
))
15054 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
15055 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
15056 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
15057 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel
,
15060 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
15062 if (htab
->ifunc_resolvers
)
15063 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15064 (_("%P: warning: GNU indirect functions with DT_TEXTREL "
15065 "may result in a segfault at runtime; recompile with %s\n"),
15066 bfd_link_dll (info
) ? "-fPIC" : "-fPIE");
15068 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
15073 #undef add_dynamic_entry